1 /* Control flow functions for trees. 2 Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 3 Contributed by Diego Novillo <dnovillo@redhat.com> 4 5 This file is part of GCC. 6 7 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) 10 any later version. 11 12 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 15 GNU General Public License for more details. 16 17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 18 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see 19 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ 20 21 #include "config.h" 22 #include "system.h" 23 #include "coretypes.h" 24 #include "backend.h" 25 #include "target.h" 26 #include "rtl.h" 27 #include "tree.h" 28 #include "gimple.h" 29 #include "cfghooks.h" 30 #include "tree-pass.h" 31 #include "ssa.h" 32 #include "cgraph.h" 33 #include "gimple-pretty-print.h" 34 #include "diagnostic-core.h" 35 #include "fold-const.h" 36 #include "trans-mem.h" 37 #include "stor-layout.h" 38 #include "print-tree.h" 39 #include "cfganal.h" 40 #include "gimple-fold.h" 41 #include "tree-eh.h" 42 #include "gimple-iterator.h" 43 #include "gimplify-me.h" 44 #include "gimple-walk.h" 45 #include "tree-cfg.h" 46 #include "tree-ssa-loop-manip.h" 47 #include "tree-ssa-loop-niter.h" 48 #include "tree-into-ssa.h" 49 #include "tree-dfa.h" 50 #include "tree-ssa.h" 51 #include "except.h" 52 #include "cfgloop.h" 53 #include "tree-ssa-propagate.h" 54 #include "value-prof.h" 55 #include "tree-inline.h" 56 #include "tree-ssa-live.h" 57 #include "omp-general.h" 58 #include "omp-expand.h" 59 #include "tree-cfgcleanup.h" 60 #include "gimplify.h" 61 #include "attribs.h" 62 #include "selftest.h" 63 64 /* This file contains functions for building the Control Flow Graph (CFG) 65 for a function tree. */ 66 67 /* Local declarations. */ 68 69 /* Initial capacity for the basic block array. */ 70 static const int initial_cfg_capacity = 20; 71 72 /* This hash table allows us to efficiently lookup all CASE_LABEL_EXPRs 73 which use a particular edge. The CASE_LABEL_EXPRs are chained together 74 via their CASE_CHAIN field, which we clear after we're done with the 75 hash table to prevent problems with duplication of GIMPLE_SWITCHes. 76 77 Access to this list of CASE_LABEL_EXPRs allows us to efficiently 78 update the case vector in response to edge redirections. 79 80 Right now this table is set up and torn down at key points in the 81 compilation process. It would be nice if we could make the table 82 more persistent. The key is getting notification of changes to 83 the CFG (particularly edge removal, creation and redirection). */ 84 85 static hash_map<edge, tree> *edge_to_cases; 86 87 /* If we record edge_to_cases, this bitmap will hold indexes 88 of basic blocks that end in a GIMPLE_SWITCH which we touched 89 due to edge manipulations. */ 90 91 static bitmap touched_switch_bbs; 92 93 /* CFG statistics. */ 94 struct cfg_stats_d 95 { 96 long num_merged_labels; 97 }; 98 99 static struct cfg_stats_d cfg_stats; 100 101 /* Data to pass to replace_block_vars_by_duplicates_1. */ 102 struct replace_decls_d 103 { 104 hash_map<tree, tree> *vars_map; 105 tree to_context; 106 }; 107 108 /* Hash table to store last discriminator assigned for each locus. */ 109 struct locus_discrim_map 110 { 111 location_t locus; 112 int discriminator; 113 }; 114 115 /* Hashtable helpers. */ 116 117 struct locus_discrim_hasher : free_ptr_hash <locus_discrim_map> 118 { 119 static inline hashval_t hash (const locus_discrim_map *); 120 static inline bool equal (const locus_discrim_map *, 121 const locus_discrim_map *); 122 }; 123 124 /* Trivial hash function for a location_t. ITEM is a pointer to 125 a hash table entry that maps a location_t to a discriminator. */ 126 127 inline hashval_t 128 locus_discrim_hasher::hash (const locus_discrim_map *item) 129 { 130 return LOCATION_LINE (item->locus); 131 } 132 133 /* Equality function for the locus-to-discriminator map. A and B 134 point to the two hash table entries to compare. */ 135 136 inline bool 137 locus_discrim_hasher::equal (const locus_discrim_map *a, 138 const locus_discrim_map *b) 139 { 140 return LOCATION_LINE (a->locus) == LOCATION_LINE (b->locus); 141 } 142 143 static hash_table<locus_discrim_hasher> *discriminator_per_locus; 144 145 /* Basic blocks and flowgraphs. */ 146 static void make_blocks (gimple_seq); 147 148 /* Edges. */ 149 static void make_edges (void); 150 static void assign_discriminators (void); 151 static void make_cond_expr_edges (basic_block); 152 static void make_gimple_switch_edges (gswitch *, basic_block); 153 static bool make_goto_expr_edges (basic_block); 154 static void make_gimple_asm_edges (basic_block); 155 static edge gimple_redirect_edge_and_branch (edge, basic_block); 156 static edge gimple_try_redirect_by_replacing_jump (edge, basic_block); 157 158 /* Various helpers. */ 159 static inline bool stmt_starts_bb_p (gimple *, gimple *); 160 static int gimple_verify_flow_info (void); 161 static void gimple_make_forwarder_block (edge); 162 static gimple *first_non_label_stmt (basic_block); 163 static bool verify_gimple_transaction (gtransaction *); 164 static bool call_can_make_abnormal_goto (gimple *); 165 166 /* Flowgraph optimization and cleanup. */ 167 static void gimple_merge_blocks (basic_block, basic_block); 168 static bool gimple_can_merge_blocks_p (basic_block, basic_block); 169 static void remove_bb (basic_block); 170 static edge find_taken_edge_computed_goto (basic_block, tree); 171 static edge find_taken_edge_cond_expr (basic_block, tree); 172 static edge find_taken_edge_switch_expr (gswitch *, basic_block, tree); 173 static tree find_case_label_for_value (gswitch *, tree); 174 static void lower_phi_internal_fn (); 175 176 void 177 init_empty_tree_cfg_for_function (struct function *fn) 178 { 179 /* Initialize the basic block array. */ 180 init_flow (fn); 181 profile_status_for_fn (fn) = PROFILE_ABSENT; 182 n_basic_blocks_for_fn (fn) = NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS; 183 last_basic_block_for_fn (fn) = NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS; 184 vec_alloc (basic_block_info_for_fn (fn), initial_cfg_capacity); 185 vec_safe_grow_cleared (basic_block_info_for_fn (fn), 186 initial_cfg_capacity); 187 188 /* Build a mapping of labels to their associated blocks. */ 189 vec_alloc (label_to_block_map_for_fn (fn), initial_cfg_capacity); 190 vec_safe_grow_cleared (label_to_block_map_for_fn (fn), 191 initial_cfg_capacity); 192 193 SET_BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (fn, ENTRY_BLOCK, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fn)); 194 SET_BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (fn, EXIT_BLOCK, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fn)); 195 196 ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fn)->next_bb 197 = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fn); 198 EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fn)->prev_bb 199 = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fn); 200 } 201 202 void 203 init_empty_tree_cfg (void) 204 { 205 init_empty_tree_cfg_for_function (cfun); 206 } 207 208 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209 Create basic blocks 210 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ 211 212 /* Entry point to the CFG builder for trees. SEQ is the sequence of 213 statements to be added to the flowgraph. */ 214 215 static void 216 build_gimple_cfg (gimple_seq seq) 217 { 218 /* Register specific gimple functions. */ 219 gimple_register_cfg_hooks (); 220 221 memset ((void *) &cfg_stats, 0, sizeof (cfg_stats)); 222 223 init_empty_tree_cfg (); 224 225 make_blocks (seq); 226 227 /* Make sure there is always at least one block, even if it's empty. */ 228 if (n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun) == NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS) 229 create_empty_bb (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)); 230 231 /* Adjust the size of the array. */ 232 if (basic_block_info_for_fn (cfun)->length () 233 < (size_t) n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun)) 234 vec_safe_grow_cleared (basic_block_info_for_fn (cfun), 235 n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun)); 236 237 /* To speed up statement iterator walks, we first purge dead labels. */ 238 cleanup_dead_labels (); 239 240 /* Group case nodes to reduce the number of edges. 241 We do this after cleaning up dead labels because otherwise we miss 242 a lot of obvious case merging opportunities. */ 243 group_case_labels (); 244 245 /* Create the edges of the flowgraph. */ 246 discriminator_per_locus = new hash_table<locus_discrim_hasher> (13); 247 make_edges (); 248 assign_discriminators (); 249 lower_phi_internal_fn (); 250 cleanup_dead_labels (); 251 delete discriminator_per_locus; 252 discriminator_per_locus = NULL; 253 } 254 255 /* Look for ANNOTATE calls with loop annotation kind in BB; if found, remove 256 them and propagate the information to LOOP. We assume that the annotations 257 come immediately before the condition in BB, if any. */ 258 259 static void 260 replace_loop_annotate_in_block (basic_block bb, struct loop *loop) 261 { 262 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_last_bb (bb); 263 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 264 265 if (!(stmt && gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND)) 266 return; 267 268 for (gsi_prev_nondebug (&gsi); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_prev (&gsi)) 269 { 270 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 271 if (gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_CALL) 272 break; 273 if (!gimple_call_internal_p (stmt) 274 || gimple_call_internal_fn (stmt) != IFN_ANNOTATE) 275 break; 276 277 switch ((annot_expr_kind) tree_to_shwi (gimple_call_arg (stmt, 1))) 278 { 279 case annot_expr_ivdep_kind: 280 loop->safelen = INT_MAX; 281 break; 282 case annot_expr_no_vector_kind: 283 loop->dont_vectorize = true; 284 break; 285 case annot_expr_vector_kind: 286 loop->force_vectorize = true; 287 cfun->has_force_vectorize_loops = true; 288 break; 289 default: 290 gcc_unreachable (); 291 } 292 293 stmt = gimple_build_assign (gimple_call_lhs (stmt), 294 gimple_call_arg (stmt, 0)); 295 gsi_replace (&gsi, stmt, true); 296 } 297 } 298 299 /* Look for ANNOTATE calls with loop annotation kind; if found, remove 300 them and propagate the information to the loop. We assume that the 301 annotations come immediately before the condition of the loop. */ 302 303 static void 304 replace_loop_annotate (void) 305 { 306 struct loop *loop; 307 basic_block bb; 308 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi; 309 gimple *stmt; 310 311 FOR_EACH_LOOP (loop, 0) 312 { 313 /* First look into the header. */ 314 replace_loop_annotate_in_block (loop->header, loop); 315 316 /* Then look into the latch, if any. */ 317 if (loop->latch) 318 replace_loop_annotate_in_block (loop->latch, loop); 319 } 320 321 /* Remove IFN_ANNOTATE. Safeguard for the case loop->latch == NULL. */ 322 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun) 323 { 324 for (gsi = gsi_last_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_prev (&gsi)) 325 { 326 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 327 if (gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_CALL) 328 continue; 329 if (!gimple_call_internal_p (stmt) 330 || gimple_call_internal_fn (stmt) != IFN_ANNOTATE) 331 continue; 332 333 switch ((annot_expr_kind) tree_to_shwi (gimple_call_arg (stmt, 1))) 334 { 335 case annot_expr_ivdep_kind: 336 case annot_expr_no_vector_kind: 337 case annot_expr_vector_kind: 338 break; 339 default: 340 gcc_unreachable (); 341 } 342 343 warning_at (gimple_location (stmt), 0, "ignoring loop annotation"); 344 stmt = gimple_build_assign (gimple_call_lhs (stmt), 345 gimple_call_arg (stmt, 0)); 346 gsi_replace (&gsi, stmt, true); 347 } 348 } 349 } 350 351 /* Lower internal PHI function from GIMPLE FE. */ 352 353 static void 354 lower_phi_internal_fn () 355 { 356 basic_block bb, pred = NULL; 357 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi; 358 tree lhs; 359 gphi *phi_node; 360 gimple *stmt; 361 362 /* After edge creation, handle __PHI function from GIMPLE FE. */ 363 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun) 364 { 365 for (gsi = gsi_after_labels (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi);) 366 { 367 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 368 if (! gimple_call_internal_p (stmt, IFN_PHI)) 369 break; 370 371 lhs = gimple_call_lhs (stmt); 372 phi_node = create_phi_node (lhs, bb); 373 374 /* Add arguments to the PHI node. */ 375 for (unsigned i = 0; i < gimple_call_num_args (stmt); ++i) 376 { 377 tree arg = gimple_call_arg (stmt, i); 378 if (TREE_CODE (arg) == LABEL_DECL) 379 pred = label_to_block (arg); 380 else 381 { 382 edge e = find_edge (pred, bb); 383 add_phi_arg (phi_node, arg, e, UNKNOWN_LOCATION); 384 } 385 } 386 387 gsi_remove (&gsi, true); 388 } 389 } 390 } 391 392 static unsigned int 393 execute_build_cfg (void) 394 { 395 gimple_seq body = gimple_body (current_function_decl); 396 397 build_gimple_cfg (body); 398 gimple_set_body (current_function_decl, NULL); 399 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS)) 400 { 401 fprintf (dump_file, "Scope blocks:\n"); 402 dump_scope_blocks (dump_file, dump_flags); 403 } 404 cleanup_tree_cfg (); 405 loop_optimizer_init (AVOID_CFG_MODIFICATIONS); 406 replace_loop_annotate (); 407 return 0; 408 } 409 410 namespace { 411 412 const pass_data pass_data_build_cfg = 413 { 414 GIMPLE_PASS, /* type */ 415 "cfg", /* name */ 416 OPTGROUP_NONE, /* optinfo_flags */ 417 TV_TREE_CFG, /* tv_id */ 418 PROP_gimple_leh, /* properties_required */ 419 ( PROP_cfg | PROP_loops ), /* properties_provided */ 420 0, /* properties_destroyed */ 421 0, /* todo_flags_start */ 422 0, /* todo_flags_finish */ 423 }; 424 425 class pass_build_cfg : public gimple_opt_pass 426 { 427 public: 428 pass_build_cfg (gcc::context *ctxt) 429 : gimple_opt_pass (pass_data_build_cfg, ctxt) 430 {} 431 432 /* opt_pass methods: */ 433 virtual unsigned int execute (function *) { return execute_build_cfg (); } 434 435 }; // class pass_build_cfg 436 437 } // anon namespace 438 439 gimple_opt_pass * 440 make_pass_build_cfg (gcc::context *ctxt) 441 { 442 return new pass_build_cfg (ctxt); 443 } 444 445 446 /* Return true if T is a computed goto. */ 447 448 bool 449 computed_goto_p (gimple *t) 450 { 451 return (gimple_code (t) == GIMPLE_GOTO 452 && TREE_CODE (gimple_goto_dest (t)) != LABEL_DECL); 453 } 454 455 /* Returns true for edge E where e->src ends with a GIMPLE_COND and 456 the other edge points to a bb with just __builtin_unreachable (). 457 I.e. return true for C->M edge in: 458 <bb C>: 459 ... 460 if (something) 461 goto <bb N>; 462 else 463 goto <bb M>; 464 <bb N>: 465 __builtin_unreachable (); 466 <bb M>: */ 467 468 bool 469 assert_unreachable_fallthru_edge_p (edge e) 470 { 471 basic_block pred_bb = e->src; 472 gimple *last = last_stmt (pred_bb); 473 if (last && gimple_code (last) == GIMPLE_COND) 474 { 475 basic_block other_bb = EDGE_SUCC (pred_bb, 0)->dest; 476 if (other_bb == e->dest) 477 other_bb = EDGE_SUCC (pred_bb, 1)->dest; 478 if (EDGE_COUNT (other_bb->succs) == 0) 479 { 480 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_after_labels (other_bb); 481 gimple *stmt; 482 483 if (gsi_end_p (gsi)) 484 return false; 485 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 486 while (is_gimple_debug (stmt) || gimple_clobber_p (stmt)) 487 { 488 gsi_next (&gsi); 489 if (gsi_end_p (gsi)) 490 return false; 491 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 492 } 493 return gimple_call_builtin_p (stmt, BUILT_IN_UNREACHABLE); 494 } 495 } 496 return false; 497 } 498 499 500 /* Initialize GF_CALL_CTRL_ALTERING flag, which indicates the call 501 could alter control flow except via eh. We initialize the flag at 502 CFG build time and only ever clear it later. */ 503 504 static void 505 gimple_call_initialize_ctrl_altering (gimple *stmt) 506 { 507 int flags = gimple_call_flags (stmt); 508 509 /* A call alters control flow if it can make an abnormal goto. */ 510 if (call_can_make_abnormal_goto (stmt) 511 /* A call also alters control flow if it does not return. */ 512 || flags & ECF_NORETURN 513 /* TM ending statements have backedges out of the transaction. 514 Return true so we split the basic block containing them. 515 Note that the TM_BUILTIN test is merely an optimization. */ 516 || ((flags & ECF_TM_BUILTIN) 517 && is_tm_ending_fndecl (gimple_call_fndecl (stmt))) 518 /* BUILT_IN_RETURN call is same as return statement. */ 519 || gimple_call_builtin_p (stmt, BUILT_IN_RETURN) 520 /* IFN_UNIQUE should be the last insn, to make checking for it 521 as cheap as possible. */ 522 || (gimple_call_internal_p (stmt) 523 && gimple_call_internal_unique_p (stmt))) 524 gimple_call_set_ctrl_altering (stmt, true); 525 else 526 gimple_call_set_ctrl_altering (stmt, false); 527 } 528 529 530 /* Insert SEQ after BB and build a flowgraph. */ 531 532 static basic_block 533 make_blocks_1 (gimple_seq seq, basic_block bb) 534 { 535 gimple_stmt_iterator i = gsi_start (seq); 536 gimple *stmt = NULL; 537 bool start_new_block = true; 538 bool first_stmt_of_seq = true; 539 540 while (!gsi_end_p (i)) 541 { 542 gimple *prev_stmt; 543 544 prev_stmt = stmt; 545 stmt = gsi_stmt (i); 546 547 if (stmt && is_gimple_call (stmt)) 548 gimple_call_initialize_ctrl_altering (stmt); 549 550 /* If the statement starts a new basic block or if we have determined 551 in a previous pass that we need to create a new block for STMT, do 552 so now. */ 553 if (start_new_block || stmt_starts_bb_p (stmt, prev_stmt)) 554 { 555 if (!first_stmt_of_seq) 556 gsi_split_seq_before (&i, &seq); 557 bb = create_basic_block (seq, bb); 558 start_new_block = false; 559 } 560 561 /* Now add STMT to BB and create the subgraphs for special statement 562 codes. */ 563 gimple_set_bb (stmt, bb); 564 565 /* If STMT is a basic block terminator, set START_NEW_BLOCK for the 566 next iteration. */ 567 if (stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt)) 568 { 569 /* If the stmt can make abnormal goto use a new temporary 570 for the assignment to the LHS. This makes sure the old value 571 of the LHS is available on the abnormal edge. Otherwise 572 we will end up with overlapping life-ranges for abnormal 573 SSA names. */ 574 if (gimple_has_lhs (stmt) 575 && stmt_can_make_abnormal_goto (stmt) 576 && is_gimple_reg_type (TREE_TYPE (gimple_get_lhs (stmt)))) 577 { 578 tree lhs = gimple_get_lhs (stmt); 579 tree tmp = create_tmp_var (TREE_TYPE (lhs)); 580 gimple *s = gimple_build_assign (lhs, tmp); 581 gimple_set_location (s, gimple_location (stmt)); 582 gimple_set_block (s, gimple_block (stmt)); 583 gimple_set_lhs (stmt, tmp); 584 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (tmp)) == COMPLEX_TYPE 585 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (tmp)) == VECTOR_TYPE) 586 DECL_GIMPLE_REG_P (tmp) = 1; 587 gsi_insert_after (&i, s, GSI_SAME_STMT); 588 } 589 start_new_block = true; 590 } 591 592 gsi_next (&i); 593 first_stmt_of_seq = false; 594 } 595 return bb; 596 } 597 598 /* Build a flowgraph for the sequence of stmts SEQ. */ 599 600 static void 601 make_blocks (gimple_seq seq) 602 { 603 make_blocks_1 (seq, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)); 604 } 605 606 /* Create and return a new empty basic block after bb AFTER. */ 607 608 static basic_block 609 create_bb (void *h, void *e, basic_block after) 610 { 611 basic_block bb; 612 613 gcc_assert (!e); 614 615 /* Create and initialize a new basic block. Since alloc_block uses 616 GC allocation that clears memory to allocate a basic block, we do 617 not have to clear the newly allocated basic block here. */ 618 bb = alloc_block (); 619 620 bb->index = last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun); 621 bb->flags = BB_NEW; 622 set_bb_seq (bb, h ? (gimple_seq) h : NULL); 623 624 /* Add the new block to the linked list of blocks. */ 625 link_block (bb, after); 626 627 /* Grow the basic block array if needed. */ 628 if ((size_t) last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun) 629 == basic_block_info_for_fn (cfun)->length ()) 630 { 631 size_t new_size = 632 (last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun) 633 + (last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun) + 3) / 4); 634 vec_safe_grow_cleared (basic_block_info_for_fn (cfun), new_size); 635 } 636 637 /* Add the newly created block to the array. */ 638 SET_BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun), bb); 639 640 n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun)++; 641 last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun)++; 642 643 return bb; 644 } 645 646 647 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 648 Edge creation 649 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ 650 651 /* If basic block BB has an abnormal edge to a basic block 652 containing IFN_ABNORMAL_DISPATCHER internal call, return 653 that the dispatcher's basic block, otherwise return NULL. */ 654 655 basic_block 656 get_abnormal_succ_dispatcher (basic_block bb) 657 { 658 edge e; 659 edge_iterator ei; 660 661 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 662 if ((e->flags & (EDGE_ABNORMAL | EDGE_EH)) == EDGE_ABNORMAL) 663 { 664 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi 665 = gsi_start_nondebug_after_labels_bb (e->dest); 666 gimple *g = gsi_stmt (gsi); 667 if (g && gimple_call_internal_p (g, IFN_ABNORMAL_DISPATCHER)) 668 return e->dest; 669 } 670 return NULL; 671 } 672 673 /* Helper function for make_edges. Create a basic block with 674 with ABNORMAL_DISPATCHER internal call in it if needed, and 675 create abnormal edges from BBS to it and from it to FOR_BB 676 if COMPUTED_GOTO is false, otherwise factor the computed gotos. */ 677 678 static void 679 handle_abnormal_edges (basic_block *dispatcher_bbs, 680 basic_block for_bb, int *bb_to_omp_idx, 681 auto_vec<basic_block> *bbs, bool computed_goto) 682 { 683 basic_block *dispatcher = dispatcher_bbs + (computed_goto ? 1 : 0); 684 unsigned int idx = 0; 685 basic_block bb; 686 bool inner = false; 687 688 if (bb_to_omp_idx) 689 { 690 dispatcher = dispatcher_bbs + 2 * bb_to_omp_idx[for_bb->index]; 691 if (bb_to_omp_idx[for_bb->index] != 0) 692 inner = true; 693 } 694 695 /* If the dispatcher has been created already, then there are basic 696 blocks with abnormal edges to it, so just make a new edge to 697 for_bb. */ 698 if (*dispatcher == NULL) 699 { 700 /* Check if there are any basic blocks that need to have 701 abnormal edges to this dispatcher. If there are none, return 702 early. */ 703 if (bb_to_omp_idx == NULL) 704 { 705 if (bbs->is_empty ()) 706 return; 707 } 708 else 709 { 710 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*bbs, idx, bb) 711 if (bb_to_omp_idx[bb->index] == bb_to_omp_idx[for_bb->index]) 712 break; 713 if (bb == NULL) 714 return; 715 } 716 717 /* Create the dispatcher bb. */ 718 *dispatcher = create_basic_block (NULL, for_bb); 719 if (computed_goto) 720 { 721 /* Factor computed gotos into a common computed goto site. Also 722 record the location of that site so that we can un-factor the 723 gotos after we have converted back to normal form. */ 724 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_start_bb (*dispatcher); 725 726 /* Create the destination of the factored goto. Each original 727 computed goto will put its desired destination into this 728 variable and jump to the label we create immediately below. */ 729 tree var = create_tmp_var (ptr_type_node, "gotovar"); 730 731 /* Build a label for the new block which will contain the 732 factored computed goto. */ 733 tree factored_label_decl 734 = create_artificial_label (UNKNOWN_LOCATION); 735 gimple *factored_computed_goto_label 736 = gimple_build_label (factored_label_decl); 737 gsi_insert_after (&gsi, factored_computed_goto_label, GSI_NEW_STMT); 738 739 /* Build our new computed goto. */ 740 gimple *factored_computed_goto = gimple_build_goto (var); 741 gsi_insert_after (&gsi, factored_computed_goto, GSI_NEW_STMT); 742 743 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*bbs, idx, bb) 744 { 745 if (bb_to_omp_idx 746 && bb_to_omp_idx[bb->index] != bb_to_omp_idx[for_bb->index]) 747 continue; 748 749 gsi = gsi_last_bb (bb); 750 gimple *last = gsi_stmt (gsi); 751 752 gcc_assert (computed_goto_p (last)); 753 754 /* Copy the original computed goto's destination into VAR. */ 755 gimple *assignment 756 = gimple_build_assign (var, gimple_goto_dest (last)); 757 gsi_insert_before (&gsi, assignment, GSI_SAME_STMT); 758 759 edge e = make_edge (bb, *dispatcher, EDGE_FALLTHRU); 760 e->goto_locus = gimple_location (last); 761 gsi_remove (&gsi, true); 762 } 763 } 764 else 765 { 766 tree arg = inner ? boolean_true_node : boolean_false_node; 767 gimple *g = gimple_build_call_internal (IFN_ABNORMAL_DISPATCHER, 768 1, arg); 769 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_after_labels (*dispatcher); 770 gsi_insert_after (&gsi, g, GSI_NEW_STMT); 771 772 /* Create predecessor edges of the dispatcher. */ 773 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*bbs, idx, bb) 774 { 775 if (bb_to_omp_idx 776 && bb_to_omp_idx[bb->index] != bb_to_omp_idx[for_bb->index]) 777 continue; 778 make_edge (bb, *dispatcher, EDGE_ABNORMAL); 779 } 780 } 781 } 782 783 make_edge (*dispatcher, for_bb, EDGE_ABNORMAL); 784 } 785 786 /* Creates outgoing edges for BB. Returns 1 when it ends with an 787 computed goto, returns 2 when it ends with a statement that 788 might return to this function via an nonlocal goto, otherwise 789 return 0. Updates *PCUR_REGION with the OMP region this BB is in. */ 790 791 static int 792 make_edges_bb (basic_block bb, struct omp_region **pcur_region, int *pomp_index) 793 { 794 gimple *last = last_stmt (bb); 795 bool fallthru = false; 796 int ret = 0; 797 798 if (!last) 799 return ret; 800 801 switch (gimple_code (last)) 802 { 803 case GIMPLE_GOTO: 804 if (make_goto_expr_edges (bb)) 805 ret = 1; 806 fallthru = false; 807 break; 808 case GIMPLE_RETURN: 809 { 810 edge e = make_edge (bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun), 0); 811 e->goto_locus = gimple_location (last); 812 fallthru = false; 813 } 814 break; 815 case GIMPLE_COND: 816 make_cond_expr_edges (bb); 817 fallthru = false; 818 break; 819 case GIMPLE_SWITCH: 820 make_gimple_switch_edges (as_a <gswitch *> (last), bb); 821 fallthru = false; 822 break; 823 case GIMPLE_RESX: 824 make_eh_edges (last); 825 fallthru = false; 826 break; 827 case GIMPLE_EH_DISPATCH: 828 fallthru = make_eh_dispatch_edges (as_a <geh_dispatch *> (last)); 829 break; 830 831 case GIMPLE_CALL: 832 /* If this function receives a nonlocal goto, then we need to 833 make edges from this call site to all the nonlocal goto 834 handlers. */ 835 if (stmt_can_make_abnormal_goto (last)) 836 ret = 2; 837 838 /* If this statement has reachable exception handlers, then 839 create abnormal edges to them. */ 840 make_eh_edges (last); 841 842 /* BUILTIN_RETURN is really a return statement. */ 843 if (gimple_call_builtin_p (last, BUILT_IN_RETURN)) 844 { 845 make_edge (bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun), 0); 846 fallthru = false; 847 } 848 /* Some calls are known not to return. */ 849 else 850 fallthru = !gimple_call_noreturn_p (last); 851 break; 852 853 case GIMPLE_ASSIGN: 854 /* A GIMPLE_ASSIGN may throw internally and thus be considered 855 control-altering. */ 856 if (is_ctrl_altering_stmt (last)) 857 make_eh_edges (last); 858 fallthru = true; 859 break; 860 861 case GIMPLE_ASM: 862 make_gimple_asm_edges (bb); 863 fallthru = true; 864 break; 865 866 CASE_GIMPLE_OMP: 867 fallthru = omp_make_gimple_edges (bb, pcur_region, pomp_index); 868 break; 869 870 case GIMPLE_TRANSACTION: 871 { 872 gtransaction *txn = as_a <gtransaction *> (last); 873 tree label1 = gimple_transaction_label_norm (txn); 874 tree label2 = gimple_transaction_label_uninst (txn); 875 876 if (label1) 877 make_edge (bb, label_to_block (label1), EDGE_FALLTHRU); 878 if (label2) 879 make_edge (bb, label_to_block (label2), 880 EDGE_TM_UNINSTRUMENTED | (label1 ? 0 : EDGE_FALLTHRU)); 881 882 tree label3 = gimple_transaction_label_over (txn); 883 if (gimple_transaction_subcode (txn) 884 & (GTMA_HAVE_ABORT | GTMA_IS_OUTER)) 885 make_edge (bb, label_to_block (label3), EDGE_TM_ABORT); 886 887 fallthru = false; 888 } 889 break; 890 891 default: 892 gcc_assert (!stmt_ends_bb_p (last)); 893 fallthru = true; 894 break; 895 } 896 897 if (fallthru) 898 make_edge (bb, bb->next_bb, EDGE_FALLTHRU); 899 900 return ret; 901 } 902 903 /* Join all the blocks in the flowgraph. */ 904 905 static void 906 make_edges (void) 907 { 908 basic_block bb; 909 struct omp_region *cur_region = NULL; 910 auto_vec<basic_block> ab_edge_goto; 911 auto_vec<basic_block> ab_edge_call; 912 int *bb_to_omp_idx = NULL; 913 int cur_omp_region_idx = 0; 914 915 /* Create an edge from entry to the first block with executable 916 statements in it. */ 917 make_edge (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun), 918 BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS), 919 EDGE_FALLTHRU); 920 921 /* Traverse the basic block array placing edges. */ 922 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun) 923 { 924 int mer; 925 926 if (bb_to_omp_idx) 927 bb_to_omp_idx[bb->index] = cur_omp_region_idx; 928 929 mer = make_edges_bb (bb, &cur_region, &cur_omp_region_idx); 930 if (mer == 1) 931 ab_edge_goto.safe_push (bb); 932 else if (mer == 2) 933 ab_edge_call.safe_push (bb); 934 935 if (cur_region && bb_to_omp_idx == NULL) 936 bb_to_omp_idx = XCNEWVEC (int, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun)); 937 } 938 939 /* Computed gotos are hell to deal with, especially if there are 940 lots of them with a large number of destinations. So we factor 941 them to a common computed goto location before we build the 942 edge list. After we convert back to normal form, we will un-factor 943 the computed gotos since factoring introduces an unwanted jump. 944 For non-local gotos and abnormal edges from calls to calls that return 945 twice or forced labels, factor the abnormal edges too, by having all 946 abnormal edges from the calls go to a common artificial basic block 947 with ABNORMAL_DISPATCHER internal call and abnormal edges from that 948 basic block to all forced labels and calls returning twice. 949 We do this per-OpenMP structured block, because those regions 950 are guaranteed to be single entry single exit by the standard, 951 so it is not allowed to enter or exit such regions abnormally this way, 952 thus all computed gotos, non-local gotos and setjmp/longjmp calls 953 must not transfer control across SESE region boundaries. */ 954 if (!ab_edge_goto.is_empty () || !ab_edge_call.is_empty ()) 955 { 956 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi; 957 basic_block dispatcher_bb_array[2] = { NULL, NULL }; 958 basic_block *dispatcher_bbs = dispatcher_bb_array; 959 int count = n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun); 960 961 if (bb_to_omp_idx) 962 dispatcher_bbs = XCNEWVEC (basic_block, 2 * count); 963 964 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun) 965 { 966 for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi)) 967 { 968 glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (gsi_stmt (gsi)); 969 tree target; 970 971 if (!label_stmt) 972 break; 973 974 target = gimple_label_label (label_stmt); 975 976 /* Make an edge to every label block that has been marked as a 977 potential target for a computed goto or a non-local goto. */ 978 if (FORCED_LABEL (target)) 979 handle_abnormal_edges (dispatcher_bbs, bb, bb_to_omp_idx, 980 &ab_edge_goto, true); 981 if (DECL_NONLOCAL (target)) 982 { 983 handle_abnormal_edges (dispatcher_bbs, bb, bb_to_omp_idx, 984 &ab_edge_call, false); 985 break; 986 } 987 } 988 989 if (!gsi_end_p (gsi) && is_gimple_debug (gsi_stmt (gsi))) 990 gsi_next_nondebug (&gsi); 991 if (!gsi_end_p (gsi)) 992 { 993 /* Make an edge to every setjmp-like call. */ 994 gimple *call_stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 995 if (is_gimple_call (call_stmt) 996 && ((gimple_call_flags (call_stmt) & ECF_RETURNS_TWICE) 997 || gimple_call_builtin_p (call_stmt, 998 BUILT_IN_SETJMP_RECEIVER))) 999 handle_abnormal_edges (dispatcher_bbs, bb, bb_to_omp_idx, 1000 &ab_edge_call, false); 1001 } 1002 } 1003 1004 if (bb_to_omp_idx) 1005 XDELETE (dispatcher_bbs); 1006 } 1007 1008 XDELETE (bb_to_omp_idx); 1009 1010 omp_free_regions (); 1011 } 1012 1013 /* Add SEQ after GSI. Start new bb after GSI, and created further bbs as 1014 needed. Returns true if new bbs were created. 1015 Note: This is transitional code, and should not be used for new code. We 1016 should be able to get rid of this by rewriting all target va-arg 1017 gimplification hooks to use an interface gimple_build_cond_value as described 1018 in https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2015-02/msg01194.html. */ 1019 1020 bool 1021 gimple_find_sub_bbs (gimple_seq seq, gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi) 1022 { 1023 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (*gsi); 1024 basic_block bb = gimple_bb (stmt); 1025 basic_block lastbb, afterbb; 1026 int old_num_bbs = n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun); 1027 edge e; 1028 lastbb = make_blocks_1 (seq, bb); 1029 if (old_num_bbs == n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun)) 1030 return false; 1031 e = split_block (bb, stmt); 1032 /* Move e->dest to come after the new basic blocks. */ 1033 afterbb = e->dest; 1034 unlink_block (afterbb); 1035 link_block (afterbb, lastbb); 1036 redirect_edge_succ (e, bb->next_bb); 1037 bb = bb->next_bb; 1038 while (bb != afterbb) 1039 { 1040 struct omp_region *cur_region = NULL; 1041 int cur_omp_region_idx = 0; 1042 int mer = make_edges_bb (bb, &cur_region, &cur_omp_region_idx); 1043 gcc_assert (!mer && !cur_region); 1044 add_bb_to_loop (bb, afterbb->loop_father); 1045 bb = bb->next_bb; 1046 } 1047 return true; 1048 } 1049 1050 /* Find the next available discriminator value for LOCUS. The 1051 discriminator distinguishes among several basic blocks that 1052 share a common locus, allowing for more accurate sample-based 1053 profiling. */ 1054 1055 static int 1056 next_discriminator_for_locus (location_t locus) 1057 { 1058 struct locus_discrim_map item; 1059 struct locus_discrim_map **slot; 1060 1061 item.locus = locus; 1062 item.discriminator = 0; 1063 slot = discriminator_per_locus->find_slot_with_hash ( 1064 &item, LOCATION_LINE (locus), INSERT); 1065 gcc_assert (slot); 1066 if (*slot == HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY) 1067 { 1068 *slot = XNEW (struct locus_discrim_map); 1069 gcc_assert (*slot); 1070 (*slot)->locus = locus; 1071 (*slot)->discriminator = 0; 1072 } 1073 (*slot)->discriminator++; 1074 return (*slot)->discriminator; 1075 } 1076 1077 /* Return TRUE if LOCUS1 and LOCUS2 refer to the same source line. */ 1078 1079 static bool 1080 same_line_p (location_t locus1, location_t locus2) 1081 { 1082 expanded_location from, to; 1083 1084 if (locus1 == locus2) 1085 return true; 1086 1087 from = expand_location (locus1); 1088 to = expand_location (locus2); 1089 1090 if (from.line != to.line) 1091 return false; 1092 if (from.file == to.file) 1093 return true; 1094 return (from.file != NULL 1095 && to.file != NULL 1096 && filename_cmp (from.file, to.file) == 0); 1097 } 1098 1099 /* Assign discriminators to each basic block. */ 1100 1101 static void 1102 assign_discriminators (void) 1103 { 1104 basic_block bb; 1105 1106 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun) 1107 { 1108 edge e; 1109 edge_iterator ei; 1110 gimple *last = last_stmt (bb); 1111 location_t locus = last ? gimple_location (last) : UNKNOWN_LOCATION; 1112 1113 if (locus == UNKNOWN_LOCATION) 1114 continue; 1115 1116 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 1117 { 1118 gimple *first = first_non_label_stmt (e->dest); 1119 gimple *last = last_stmt (e->dest); 1120 if ((first && same_line_p (locus, gimple_location (first))) 1121 || (last && same_line_p (locus, gimple_location (last)))) 1122 { 1123 if (e->dest->discriminator != 0 && bb->discriminator == 0) 1124 bb->discriminator = next_discriminator_for_locus (locus); 1125 else 1126 e->dest->discriminator = next_discriminator_for_locus (locus); 1127 } 1128 } 1129 } 1130 } 1131 1132 /* Create the edges for a GIMPLE_COND starting at block BB. */ 1133 1134 static void 1135 make_cond_expr_edges (basic_block bb) 1136 { 1137 gcond *entry = as_a <gcond *> (last_stmt (bb)); 1138 gimple *then_stmt, *else_stmt; 1139 basic_block then_bb, else_bb; 1140 tree then_label, else_label; 1141 edge e; 1142 1143 gcc_assert (entry); 1144 gcc_assert (gimple_code (entry) == GIMPLE_COND); 1145 1146 /* Entry basic blocks for each component. */ 1147 then_label = gimple_cond_true_label (entry); 1148 else_label = gimple_cond_false_label (entry); 1149 then_bb = label_to_block (then_label); 1150 else_bb = label_to_block (else_label); 1151 then_stmt = first_stmt (then_bb); 1152 else_stmt = first_stmt (else_bb); 1153 1154 e = make_edge (bb, then_bb, EDGE_TRUE_VALUE); 1155 e->goto_locus = gimple_location (then_stmt); 1156 e = make_edge (bb, else_bb, EDGE_FALSE_VALUE); 1157 if (e) 1158 e->goto_locus = gimple_location (else_stmt); 1159 1160 /* We do not need the labels anymore. */ 1161 gimple_cond_set_true_label (entry, NULL_TREE); 1162 gimple_cond_set_false_label (entry, NULL_TREE); 1163 } 1164 1165 1166 /* Called for each element in the hash table (P) as we delete the 1167 edge to cases hash table. 1168 1169 Clear all the CASE_CHAINs to prevent problems with copying of 1170 SWITCH_EXPRs and structure sharing rules, then free the hash table 1171 element. */ 1172 1173 bool 1174 edge_to_cases_cleanup (edge const &, tree const &value, void *) 1175 { 1176 tree t, next; 1177 1178 for (t = value; t; t = next) 1179 { 1180 next = CASE_CHAIN (t); 1181 CASE_CHAIN (t) = NULL; 1182 } 1183 1184 return true; 1185 } 1186 1187 /* Start recording information mapping edges to case labels. */ 1188 1189 void 1190 start_recording_case_labels (void) 1191 { 1192 gcc_assert (edge_to_cases == NULL); 1193 edge_to_cases = new hash_map<edge, tree>; 1194 touched_switch_bbs = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL); 1195 } 1196 1197 /* Return nonzero if we are recording information for case labels. */ 1198 1199 static bool 1200 recording_case_labels_p (void) 1201 { 1202 return (edge_to_cases != NULL); 1203 } 1204 1205 /* Stop recording information mapping edges to case labels and 1206 remove any information we have recorded. */ 1207 void 1208 end_recording_case_labels (void) 1209 { 1210 bitmap_iterator bi; 1211 unsigned i; 1212 edge_to_cases->traverse<void *, edge_to_cases_cleanup> (NULL); 1213 delete edge_to_cases; 1214 edge_to_cases = NULL; 1215 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (touched_switch_bbs, 0, i, bi) 1216 { 1217 basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, i); 1218 if (bb) 1219 { 1220 gimple *stmt = last_stmt (bb); 1221 if (stmt && gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_SWITCH) 1222 group_case_labels_stmt (as_a <gswitch *> (stmt)); 1223 } 1224 } 1225 BITMAP_FREE (touched_switch_bbs); 1226 } 1227 1228 /* If we are inside a {start,end}_recording_cases block, then return 1229 a chain of CASE_LABEL_EXPRs from T which reference E. 1230 1231 Otherwise return NULL. */ 1232 1233 static tree 1234 get_cases_for_edge (edge e, gswitch *t) 1235 { 1236 tree *slot; 1237 size_t i, n; 1238 1239 /* If we are not recording cases, then we do not have CASE_LABEL_EXPR 1240 chains available. Return NULL so the caller can detect this case. */ 1241 if (!recording_case_labels_p ()) 1242 return NULL; 1243 1244 slot = edge_to_cases->get (e); 1245 if (slot) 1246 return *slot; 1247 1248 /* If we did not find E in the hash table, then this must be the first 1249 time we have been queried for information about E & T. Add all the 1250 elements from T to the hash table then perform the query again. */ 1251 1252 n = gimple_switch_num_labels (t); 1253 for (i = 0; i < n; i++) 1254 { 1255 tree elt = gimple_switch_label (t, i); 1256 tree lab = CASE_LABEL (elt); 1257 basic_block label_bb = label_to_block (lab); 1258 edge this_edge = find_edge (e->src, label_bb); 1259 1260 /* Add it to the chain of CASE_LABEL_EXPRs referencing E, or create 1261 a new chain. */ 1262 tree &s = edge_to_cases->get_or_insert (this_edge); 1263 CASE_CHAIN (elt) = s; 1264 s = elt; 1265 } 1266 1267 return *edge_to_cases->get (e); 1268 } 1269 1270 /* Create the edges for a GIMPLE_SWITCH starting at block BB. */ 1271 1272 static void 1273 make_gimple_switch_edges (gswitch *entry, basic_block bb) 1274 { 1275 size_t i, n; 1276 1277 n = gimple_switch_num_labels (entry); 1278 1279 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) 1280 { 1281 tree lab = CASE_LABEL (gimple_switch_label (entry, i)); 1282 basic_block label_bb = label_to_block (lab); 1283 make_edge (bb, label_bb, 0); 1284 } 1285 } 1286 1287 1288 /* Return the basic block holding label DEST. */ 1289 1290 basic_block 1291 label_to_block_fn (struct function *ifun, tree dest) 1292 { 1293 int uid = LABEL_DECL_UID (dest); 1294 1295 /* We would die hard when faced by an undefined label. Emit a label to 1296 the very first basic block. This will hopefully make even the dataflow 1297 and undefined variable warnings quite right. */ 1298 if (seen_error () && uid < 0) 1299 { 1300 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = 1301 gsi_start_bb (BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS)); 1302 gimple *stmt; 1303 1304 stmt = gimple_build_label (dest); 1305 gsi_insert_before (&gsi, stmt, GSI_NEW_STMT); 1306 uid = LABEL_DECL_UID (dest); 1307 } 1308 if (vec_safe_length (ifun->cfg->x_label_to_block_map) <= (unsigned int) uid) 1309 return NULL; 1310 return (*ifun->cfg->x_label_to_block_map)[uid]; 1311 } 1312 1313 /* Create edges for a goto statement at block BB. Returns true 1314 if abnormal edges should be created. */ 1315 1316 static bool 1317 make_goto_expr_edges (basic_block bb) 1318 { 1319 gimple_stmt_iterator last = gsi_last_bb (bb); 1320 gimple *goto_t = gsi_stmt (last); 1321 1322 /* A simple GOTO creates normal edges. */ 1323 if (simple_goto_p (goto_t)) 1324 { 1325 tree dest = gimple_goto_dest (goto_t); 1326 basic_block label_bb = label_to_block (dest); 1327 edge e = make_edge (bb, label_bb, EDGE_FALLTHRU); 1328 e->goto_locus = gimple_location (goto_t); 1329 gsi_remove (&last, true); 1330 return false; 1331 } 1332 1333 /* A computed GOTO creates abnormal edges. */ 1334 return true; 1335 } 1336 1337 /* Create edges for an asm statement with labels at block BB. */ 1338 1339 static void 1340 make_gimple_asm_edges (basic_block bb) 1341 { 1342 gasm *stmt = as_a <gasm *> (last_stmt (bb)); 1343 int i, n = gimple_asm_nlabels (stmt); 1344 1345 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) 1346 { 1347 tree label = TREE_VALUE (gimple_asm_label_op (stmt, i)); 1348 basic_block label_bb = label_to_block (label); 1349 make_edge (bb, label_bb, 0); 1350 } 1351 } 1352 1353 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1354 Flowgraph analysis 1355 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ 1356 1357 /* Cleanup useless labels in basic blocks. This is something we wish 1358 to do early because it allows us to group case labels before creating 1359 the edges for the CFG, and it speeds up block statement iterators in 1360 all passes later on. 1361 We rerun this pass after CFG is created, to get rid of the labels that 1362 are no longer referenced. After then we do not run it any more, since 1363 (almost) no new labels should be created. */ 1364 1365 /* A map from basic block index to the leading label of that block. */ 1366 static struct label_record 1367 { 1368 /* The label. */ 1369 tree label; 1370 1371 /* True if the label is referenced from somewhere. */ 1372 bool used; 1373 } *label_for_bb; 1374 1375 /* Given LABEL return the first label in the same basic block. */ 1376 1377 static tree 1378 main_block_label (tree label) 1379 { 1380 basic_block bb = label_to_block (label); 1381 tree main_label = label_for_bb[bb->index].label; 1382 1383 /* label_to_block possibly inserted undefined label into the chain. */ 1384 if (!main_label) 1385 { 1386 label_for_bb[bb->index].label = label; 1387 main_label = label; 1388 } 1389 1390 label_for_bb[bb->index].used = true; 1391 return main_label; 1392 } 1393 1394 /* Clean up redundant labels within the exception tree. */ 1395 1396 static void 1397 cleanup_dead_labels_eh (void) 1398 { 1399 eh_landing_pad lp; 1400 eh_region r; 1401 tree lab; 1402 int i; 1403 1404 if (cfun->eh == NULL) 1405 return; 1406 1407 for (i = 1; vec_safe_iterate (cfun->eh->lp_array, i, &lp); ++i) 1408 if (lp && lp->post_landing_pad) 1409 { 1410 lab = main_block_label (lp->post_landing_pad); 1411 if (lab != lp->post_landing_pad) 1412 { 1413 EH_LANDING_PAD_NR (lp->post_landing_pad) = 0; 1414 EH_LANDING_PAD_NR (lab) = lp->index; 1415 } 1416 } 1417 1418 FOR_ALL_EH_REGION (r) 1419 switch (r->type) 1420 { 1421 case ERT_CLEANUP: 1422 case ERT_MUST_NOT_THROW: 1423 break; 1424 1425 case ERT_TRY: 1426 { 1427 eh_catch c; 1428 for (c = r->u.eh_try.first_catch; c ; c = c->next_catch) 1429 { 1430 lab = c->label; 1431 if (lab) 1432 c->label = main_block_label (lab); 1433 } 1434 } 1435 break; 1436 1437 case ERT_ALLOWED_EXCEPTIONS: 1438 lab = r->u.allowed.label; 1439 if (lab) 1440 r->u.allowed.label = main_block_label (lab); 1441 break; 1442 } 1443 } 1444 1445 1446 /* Cleanup redundant labels. This is a three-step process: 1447 1) Find the leading label for each block. 1448 2) Redirect all references to labels to the leading labels. 1449 3) Cleanup all useless labels. */ 1450 1451 void 1452 cleanup_dead_labels (void) 1453 { 1454 basic_block bb; 1455 label_for_bb = XCNEWVEC (struct label_record, last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun)); 1456 1457 /* Find a suitable label for each block. We use the first user-defined 1458 label if there is one, or otherwise just the first label we see. */ 1459 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun) 1460 { 1461 gimple_stmt_iterator i; 1462 1463 for (i = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (i); gsi_next (&i)) 1464 { 1465 tree label; 1466 glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (gsi_stmt (i)); 1467 1468 if (!label_stmt) 1469 break; 1470 1471 label = gimple_label_label (label_stmt); 1472 1473 /* If we have not yet seen a label for the current block, 1474 remember this one and see if there are more labels. */ 1475 if (!label_for_bb[bb->index].label) 1476 { 1477 label_for_bb[bb->index].label = label; 1478 continue; 1479 } 1480 1481 /* If we did see a label for the current block already, but it 1482 is an artificially created label, replace it if the current 1483 label is a user defined label. */ 1484 if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (label) 1485 && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (label_for_bb[bb->index].label)) 1486 { 1487 label_for_bb[bb->index].label = label; 1488 break; 1489 } 1490 } 1491 } 1492 1493 /* Now redirect all jumps/branches to the selected label. 1494 First do so for each block ending in a control statement. */ 1495 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun) 1496 { 1497 gimple *stmt = last_stmt (bb); 1498 tree label, new_label; 1499 1500 if (!stmt) 1501 continue; 1502 1503 switch (gimple_code (stmt)) 1504 { 1505 case GIMPLE_COND: 1506 { 1507 gcond *cond_stmt = as_a <gcond *> (stmt); 1508 label = gimple_cond_true_label (cond_stmt); 1509 if (label) 1510 { 1511 new_label = main_block_label (label); 1512 if (new_label != label) 1513 gimple_cond_set_true_label (cond_stmt, new_label); 1514 } 1515 1516 label = gimple_cond_false_label (cond_stmt); 1517 if (label) 1518 { 1519 new_label = main_block_label (label); 1520 if (new_label != label) 1521 gimple_cond_set_false_label (cond_stmt, new_label); 1522 } 1523 } 1524 break; 1525 1526 case GIMPLE_SWITCH: 1527 { 1528 gswitch *switch_stmt = as_a <gswitch *> (stmt); 1529 size_t i, n = gimple_switch_num_labels (switch_stmt); 1530 1531 /* Replace all destination labels. */ 1532 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) 1533 { 1534 tree case_label = gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, i); 1535 label = CASE_LABEL (case_label); 1536 new_label = main_block_label (label); 1537 if (new_label != label) 1538 CASE_LABEL (case_label) = new_label; 1539 } 1540 break; 1541 } 1542 1543 case GIMPLE_ASM: 1544 { 1545 gasm *asm_stmt = as_a <gasm *> (stmt); 1546 int i, n = gimple_asm_nlabels (asm_stmt); 1547 1548 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) 1549 { 1550 tree cons = gimple_asm_label_op (asm_stmt, i); 1551 tree label = main_block_label (TREE_VALUE (cons)); 1552 TREE_VALUE (cons) = label; 1553 } 1554 break; 1555 } 1556 1557 /* We have to handle gotos until they're removed, and we don't 1558 remove them until after we've created the CFG edges. */ 1559 case GIMPLE_GOTO: 1560 if (!computed_goto_p (stmt)) 1561 { 1562 ggoto *goto_stmt = as_a <ggoto *> (stmt); 1563 label = gimple_goto_dest (goto_stmt); 1564 new_label = main_block_label (label); 1565 if (new_label != label) 1566 gimple_goto_set_dest (goto_stmt, new_label); 1567 } 1568 break; 1569 1570 case GIMPLE_TRANSACTION: 1571 { 1572 gtransaction *txn = as_a <gtransaction *> (stmt); 1573 1574 label = gimple_transaction_label_norm (txn); 1575 if (label) 1576 { 1577 new_label = main_block_label (label); 1578 if (new_label != label) 1579 gimple_transaction_set_label_norm (txn, new_label); 1580 } 1581 1582 label = gimple_transaction_label_uninst (txn); 1583 if (label) 1584 { 1585 new_label = main_block_label (label); 1586 if (new_label != label) 1587 gimple_transaction_set_label_uninst (txn, new_label); 1588 } 1589 1590 label = gimple_transaction_label_over (txn); 1591 if (label) 1592 { 1593 new_label = main_block_label (label); 1594 if (new_label != label) 1595 gimple_transaction_set_label_over (txn, new_label); 1596 } 1597 } 1598 break; 1599 1600 default: 1601 break; 1602 } 1603 } 1604 1605 /* Do the same for the exception region tree labels. */ 1606 cleanup_dead_labels_eh (); 1607 1608 /* Finally, purge dead labels. All user-defined labels and labels that 1609 can be the target of non-local gotos and labels which have their 1610 address taken are preserved. */ 1611 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun) 1612 { 1613 gimple_stmt_iterator i; 1614 tree label_for_this_bb = label_for_bb[bb->index].label; 1615 1616 if (!label_for_this_bb) 1617 continue; 1618 1619 /* If the main label of the block is unused, we may still remove it. */ 1620 if (!label_for_bb[bb->index].used) 1621 label_for_this_bb = NULL; 1622 1623 for (i = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (i); ) 1624 { 1625 tree label; 1626 glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (gsi_stmt (i)); 1627 1628 if (!label_stmt) 1629 break; 1630 1631 label = gimple_label_label (label_stmt); 1632 1633 if (label == label_for_this_bb 1634 || !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (label) 1635 || DECL_NONLOCAL (label) 1636 || FORCED_LABEL (label)) 1637 gsi_next (&i); 1638 else 1639 gsi_remove (&i, true); 1640 } 1641 } 1642 1643 free (label_for_bb); 1644 } 1645 1646 /* Scan the sorted vector of cases in STMT (a GIMPLE_SWITCH) and combine 1647 the ones jumping to the same label. 1648 Eg. three separate entries 1: 2: 3: become one entry 1..3: */ 1649 1650 void 1651 group_case_labels_stmt (gswitch *stmt) 1652 { 1653 int old_size = gimple_switch_num_labels (stmt); 1654 int i, j, new_size = old_size; 1655 basic_block default_bb = NULL; 1656 1657 default_bb = label_to_block (CASE_LABEL (gimple_switch_default_label (stmt))); 1658 1659 /* Look for possible opportunities to merge cases. */ 1660 i = 1; 1661 while (i < old_size) 1662 { 1663 tree base_case, base_high; 1664 basic_block base_bb; 1665 1666 base_case = gimple_switch_label (stmt, i); 1667 1668 gcc_assert (base_case); 1669 base_bb = label_to_block (CASE_LABEL (base_case)); 1670 1671 /* Discard cases that have the same destination as the 1672 default case. */ 1673 if (base_bb == default_bb) 1674 { 1675 gimple_switch_set_label (stmt, i, NULL_TREE); 1676 i++; 1677 new_size--; 1678 continue; 1679 } 1680 1681 base_high = CASE_HIGH (base_case) 1682 ? CASE_HIGH (base_case) 1683 : CASE_LOW (base_case); 1684 i++; 1685 1686 /* Try to merge case labels. Break out when we reach the end 1687 of the label vector or when we cannot merge the next case 1688 label with the current one. */ 1689 while (i < old_size) 1690 { 1691 tree merge_case = gimple_switch_label (stmt, i); 1692 basic_block merge_bb = label_to_block (CASE_LABEL (merge_case)); 1693 wide_int bhp1 = wi::add (base_high, 1); 1694 1695 /* Merge the cases if they jump to the same place, 1696 and their ranges are consecutive. */ 1697 if (merge_bb == base_bb 1698 && wi::eq_p (CASE_LOW (merge_case), bhp1)) 1699 { 1700 base_high = CASE_HIGH (merge_case) ? 1701 CASE_HIGH (merge_case) : CASE_LOW (merge_case); 1702 CASE_HIGH (base_case) = base_high; 1703 gimple_switch_set_label (stmt, i, NULL_TREE); 1704 new_size--; 1705 i++; 1706 } 1707 else 1708 break; 1709 } 1710 } 1711 1712 /* Compress the case labels in the label vector, and adjust the 1713 length of the vector. */ 1714 for (i = 0, j = 0; i < new_size; i++) 1715 { 1716 while (! gimple_switch_label (stmt, j)) 1717 j++; 1718 gimple_switch_set_label (stmt, i, 1719 gimple_switch_label (stmt, j++)); 1720 } 1721 1722 gcc_assert (new_size <= old_size); 1723 gimple_switch_set_num_labels (stmt, new_size); 1724 } 1725 1726 /* Look for blocks ending in a multiway branch (a GIMPLE_SWITCH), 1727 and scan the sorted vector of cases. Combine the ones jumping to the 1728 same label. */ 1729 1730 void 1731 group_case_labels (void) 1732 { 1733 basic_block bb; 1734 1735 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun) 1736 { 1737 gimple *stmt = last_stmt (bb); 1738 if (stmt && gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_SWITCH) 1739 group_case_labels_stmt (as_a <gswitch *> (stmt)); 1740 } 1741 } 1742 1743 /* Checks whether we can merge block B into block A. */ 1744 1745 static bool 1746 gimple_can_merge_blocks_p (basic_block a, basic_block b) 1747 { 1748 gimple *stmt; 1749 1750 if (!single_succ_p (a)) 1751 return false; 1752 1753 if (single_succ_edge (a)->flags & EDGE_COMPLEX) 1754 return false; 1755 1756 if (single_succ (a) != b) 1757 return false; 1758 1759 if (!single_pred_p (b)) 1760 return false; 1761 1762 if (a == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun) 1763 || b == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)) 1764 return false; 1765 1766 /* If A ends by a statement causing exceptions or something similar, we 1767 cannot merge the blocks. */ 1768 stmt = last_stmt (a); 1769 if (stmt && stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt)) 1770 return false; 1771 1772 /* Do not allow a block with only a non-local label to be merged. */ 1773 if (stmt) 1774 if (glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (stmt)) 1775 if (DECL_NONLOCAL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt))) 1776 return false; 1777 1778 /* Examine the labels at the beginning of B. */ 1779 for (gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_start_bb (b); !gsi_end_p (gsi); 1780 gsi_next (&gsi)) 1781 { 1782 tree lab; 1783 glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (gsi_stmt (gsi)); 1784 if (!label_stmt) 1785 break; 1786 lab = gimple_label_label (label_stmt); 1787 1788 /* Do not remove user forced labels or for -O0 any user labels. */ 1789 if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (lab) && (!optimize || FORCED_LABEL (lab))) 1790 return false; 1791 } 1792 1793 /* Protect simple loop latches. We only want to avoid merging 1794 the latch with the loop header or with a block in another 1795 loop in this case. */ 1796 if (current_loops 1797 && b->loop_father->latch == b 1798 && loops_state_satisfies_p (LOOPS_HAVE_SIMPLE_LATCHES) 1799 && (b->loop_father->header == a 1800 || b->loop_father != a->loop_father)) 1801 return false; 1802 1803 /* It must be possible to eliminate all phi nodes in B. If ssa form 1804 is not up-to-date and a name-mapping is registered, we cannot eliminate 1805 any phis. Symbols marked for renaming are never a problem though. */ 1806 for (gphi_iterator gsi = gsi_start_phis (b); !gsi_end_p (gsi); 1807 gsi_next (&gsi)) 1808 { 1809 gphi *phi = gsi.phi (); 1810 /* Technically only new names matter. */ 1811 if (name_registered_for_update_p (PHI_RESULT (phi))) 1812 return false; 1813 } 1814 1815 /* When not optimizing, don't merge if we'd lose goto_locus. */ 1816 if (!optimize 1817 && single_succ_edge (a)->goto_locus != UNKNOWN_LOCATION) 1818 { 1819 location_t goto_locus = single_succ_edge (a)->goto_locus; 1820 gimple_stmt_iterator prev, next; 1821 prev = gsi_last_nondebug_bb (a); 1822 next = gsi_after_labels (b); 1823 if (!gsi_end_p (next) && is_gimple_debug (gsi_stmt (next))) 1824 gsi_next_nondebug (&next); 1825 if ((gsi_end_p (prev) 1826 || gimple_location (gsi_stmt (prev)) != goto_locus) 1827 && (gsi_end_p (next) 1828 || gimple_location (gsi_stmt (next)) != goto_locus)) 1829 return false; 1830 } 1831 1832 return true; 1833 } 1834 1835 /* Replaces all uses of NAME by VAL. */ 1836 1837 void 1838 replace_uses_by (tree name, tree val) 1839 { 1840 imm_use_iterator imm_iter; 1841 use_operand_p use; 1842 gimple *stmt; 1843 edge e; 1844 1845 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_STMT (stmt, imm_iter, name) 1846 { 1847 /* Mark the block if we change the last stmt in it. */ 1848 if (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs 1849 && stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt)) 1850 bitmap_set_bit (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs, gimple_bb (stmt)->index); 1851 1852 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_ON_STMT (use, imm_iter) 1853 { 1854 replace_exp (use, val); 1855 1856 if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_PHI) 1857 { 1858 e = gimple_phi_arg_edge (as_a <gphi *> (stmt), 1859 PHI_ARG_INDEX_FROM_USE (use)); 1860 if (e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL 1861 && !SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (val)) 1862 { 1863 /* This can only occur for virtual operands, since 1864 for the real ones SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (name)) 1865 would prevent replacement. */ 1866 gcc_checking_assert (virtual_operand_p (name)); 1867 SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (val) = 1; 1868 } 1869 } 1870 } 1871 1872 if (gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_PHI) 1873 { 1874 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_for_stmt (stmt); 1875 gimple *orig_stmt = stmt; 1876 size_t i; 1877 1878 /* FIXME. It shouldn't be required to keep TREE_CONSTANT 1879 on ADDR_EXPRs up-to-date on GIMPLE. Propagation will 1880 only change sth from non-invariant to invariant, and only 1881 when propagating constants. */ 1882 if (is_gimple_min_invariant (val)) 1883 for (i = 0; i < gimple_num_ops (stmt); i++) 1884 { 1885 tree op = gimple_op (stmt, i); 1886 /* Operands may be empty here. For example, the labels 1887 of a GIMPLE_COND are nulled out following the creation 1888 of the corresponding CFG edges. */ 1889 if (op && TREE_CODE (op) == ADDR_EXPR) 1890 recompute_tree_invariant_for_addr_expr (op); 1891 } 1892 1893 if (fold_stmt (&gsi)) 1894 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 1895 1896 if (maybe_clean_or_replace_eh_stmt (orig_stmt, stmt)) 1897 gimple_purge_dead_eh_edges (gimple_bb (stmt)); 1898 1899 update_stmt (stmt); 1900 } 1901 } 1902 1903 gcc_checking_assert (has_zero_uses (name)); 1904 1905 /* Also update the trees stored in loop structures. */ 1906 if (current_loops) 1907 { 1908 struct loop *loop; 1909 1910 FOR_EACH_LOOP (loop, 0) 1911 { 1912 substitute_in_loop_info (loop, name, val); 1913 } 1914 } 1915 } 1916 1917 /* Merge block B into block A. */ 1918 1919 static void 1920 gimple_merge_blocks (basic_block a, basic_block b) 1921 { 1922 gimple_stmt_iterator last, gsi; 1923 gphi_iterator psi; 1924 1925 if (dump_file) 1926 fprintf (dump_file, "Merging blocks %d and %d\n", a->index, b->index); 1927 1928 /* Remove all single-valued PHI nodes from block B of the form 1929 V_i = PHI <V_j> by propagating V_j to all the uses of V_i. */ 1930 gsi = gsi_last_bb (a); 1931 for (psi = gsi_start_phis (b); !gsi_end_p (psi); ) 1932 { 1933 gimple *phi = gsi_stmt (psi); 1934 tree def = gimple_phi_result (phi), use = gimple_phi_arg_def (phi, 0); 1935 gimple *copy; 1936 bool may_replace_uses = (virtual_operand_p (def) 1937 || may_propagate_copy (def, use)); 1938 1939 /* In case we maintain loop closed ssa form, do not propagate arguments 1940 of loop exit phi nodes. */ 1941 if (current_loops 1942 && loops_state_satisfies_p (LOOP_CLOSED_SSA) 1943 && !virtual_operand_p (def) 1944 && TREE_CODE (use) == SSA_NAME 1945 && a->loop_father != b->loop_father) 1946 may_replace_uses = false; 1947 1948 if (!may_replace_uses) 1949 { 1950 gcc_assert (!virtual_operand_p (def)); 1951 1952 /* Note that just emitting the copies is fine -- there is no problem 1953 with ordering of phi nodes. This is because A is the single 1954 predecessor of B, therefore results of the phi nodes cannot 1955 appear as arguments of the phi nodes. */ 1956 copy = gimple_build_assign (def, use); 1957 gsi_insert_after (&gsi, copy, GSI_NEW_STMT); 1958 remove_phi_node (&psi, false); 1959 } 1960 else 1961 { 1962 /* If we deal with a PHI for virtual operands, we can simply 1963 propagate these without fussing with folding or updating 1964 the stmt. */ 1965 if (virtual_operand_p (def)) 1966 { 1967 imm_use_iterator iter; 1968 use_operand_p use_p; 1969 gimple *stmt; 1970 1971 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_STMT (stmt, iter, def) 1972 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_ON_STMT (use_p, iter) 1973 SET_USE (use_p, use); 1974 1975 if (SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (def)) 1976 SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (use) = 1; 1977 } 1978 else 1979 replace_uses_by (def, use); 1980 1981 remove_phi_node (&psi, true); 1982 } 1983 } 1984 1985 /* Ensure that B follows A. */ 1986 move_block_after (b, a); 1987 1988 gcc_assert (single_succ_edge (a)->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU); 1989 gcc_assert (!last_stmt (a) || !stmt_ends_bb_p (last_stmt (a))); 1990 1991 /* Remove labels from B and set gimple_bb to A for other statements. */ 1992 for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (b); !gsi_end_p (gsi);) 1993 { 1994 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 1995 if (glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (stmt)) 1996 { 1997 tree label = gimple_label_label (label_stmt); 1998 int lp_nr; 1999 2000 gsi_remove (&gsi, false); 2001 2002 /* Now that we can thread computed gotos, we might have 2003 a situation where we have a forced label in block B 2004 However, the label at the start of block B might still be 2005 used in other ways (think about the runtime checking for 2006 Fortran assigned gotos). So we can not just delete the 2007 label. Instead we move the label to the start of block A. */ 2008 if (FORCED_LABEL (label)) 2009 { 2010 gimple_stmt_iterator dest_gsi = gsi_start_bb (a); 2011 gsi_insert_before (&dest_gsi, stmt, GSI_NEW_STMT); 2012 } 2013 /* Other user labels keep around in a form of a debug stmt. */ 2014 else if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (label) && MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_STMTS) 2015 { 2016 gimple *dbg = gimple_build_debug_bind (label, 2017 integer_zero_node, 2018 stmt); 2019 gimple_debug_bind_reset_value (dbg); 2020 gsi_insert_before (&gsi, dbg, GSI_SAME_STMT); 2021 } 2022 2023 lp_nr = EH_LANDING_PAD_NR (label); 2024 if (lp_nr) 2025 { 2026 eh_landing_pad lp = get_eh_landing_pad_from_number (lp_nr); 2027 lp->post_landing_pad = NULL; 2028 } 2029 } 2030 else 2031 { 2032 gimple_set_bb (stmt, a); 2033 gsi_next (&gsi); 2034 } 2035 } 2036 2037 /* When merging two BBs, if their counts are different, the larger count 2038 is selected as the new bb count. This is to handle inconsistent 2039 profiles. */ 2040 if (a->loop_father == b->loop_father) 2041 { 2042 a->count = MAX (a->count, b->count); 2043 a->frequency = MAX (a->frequency, b->frequency); 2044 } 2045 2046 /* Merge the sequences. */ 2047 last = gsi_last_bb (a); 2048 gsi_insert_seq_after (&last, bb_seq (b), GSI_NEW_STMT); 2049 set_bb_seq (b, NULL); 2050 2051 if (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs) 2052 bitmap_set_bit (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs, a->index); 2053 } 2054 2055 2056 /* Return the one of two successors of BB that is not reachable by a 2057 complex edge, if there is one. Else, return BB. We use 2058 this in optimizations that use post-dominators for their heuristics, 2059 to catch the cases in C++ where function calls are involved. */ 2060 2061 basic_block 2062 single_noncomplex_succ (basic_block bb) 2063 { 2064 edge e0, e1; 2065 if (EDGE_COUNT (bb->succs) != 2) 2066 return bb; 2067 2068 e0 = EDGE_SUCC (bb, 0); 2069 e1 = EDGE_SUCC (bb, 1); 2070 if (e0->flags & EDGE_COMPLEX) 2071 return e1->dest; 2072 if (e1->flags & EDGE_COMPLEX) 2073 return e0->dest; 2074 2075 return bb; 2076 } 2077 2078 /* T is CALL_EXPR. Set current_function_calls_* flags. */ 2079 2080 void 2081 notice_special_calls (gcall *call) 2082 { 2083 int flags = gimple_call_flags (call); 2084 2085 if (flags & ECF_MAY_BE_ALLOCA) 2086 cfun->calls_alloca = true; 2087 if (flags & ECF_RETURNS_TWICE) 2088 cfun->calls_setjmp = true; 2089 } 2090 2091 2092 /* Clear flags set by notice_special_calls. Used by dead code removal 2093 to update the flags. */ 2094 2095 void 2096 clear_special_calls (void) 2097 { 2098 cfun->calls_alloca = false; 2099 cfun->calls_setjmp = false; 2100 } 2101 2102 /* Remove PHI nodes associated with basic block BB and all edges out of BB. */ 2103 2104 static void 2105 remove_phi_nodes_and_edges_for_unreachable_block (basic_block bb) 2106 { 2107 /* Since this block is no longer reachable, we can just delete all 2108 of its PHI nodes. */ 2109 remove_phi_nodes (bb); 2110 2111 /* Remove edges to BB's successors. */ 2112 while (EDGE_COUNT (bb->succs) > 0) 2113 remove_edge (EDGE_SUCC (bb, 0)); 2114 } 2115 2116 2117 /* Remove statements of basic block BB. */ 2118 2119 static void 2120 remove_bb (basic_block bb) 2121 { 2122 gimple_stmt_iterator i; 2123 2124 if (dump_file) 2125 { 2126 fprintf (dump_file, "Removing basic block %d\n", bb->index); 2127 if (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS) 2128 { 2129 dump_bb (dump_file, bb, 0, TDF_BLOCKS); 2130 fprintf (dump_file, "\n"); 2131 } 2132 } 2133 2134 if (current_loops) 2135 { 2136 struct loop *loop = bb->loop_father; 2137 2138 /* If a loop gets removed, clean up the information associated 2139 with it. */ 2140 if (loop->latch == bb 2141 || loop->header == bb) 2142 free_numbers_of_iterations_estimates_loop (loop); 2143 } 2144 2145 /* Remove all the instructions in the block. */ 2146 if (bb_seq (bb) != NULL) 2147 { 2148 /* Walk backwards so as to get a chance to substitute all 2149 released DEFs into debug stmts. See 2150 eliminate_unnecessary_stmts() in tree-ssa-dce.c for more 2151 details. */ 2152 for (i = gsi_last_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (i);) 2153 { 2154 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (i); 2155 glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (stmt); 2156 if (label_stmt 2157 && (FORCED_LABEL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt)) 2158 || DECL_NONLOCAL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt)))) 2159 { 2160 basic_block new_bb; 2161 gimple_stmt_iterator new_gsi; 2162 2163 /* A non-reachable non-local label may still be referenced. 2164 But it no longer needs to carry the extra semantics of 2165 non-locality. */ 2166 if (DECL_NONLOCAL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt))) 2167 { 2168 DECL_NONLOCAL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt)) = 0; 2169 FORCED_LABEL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt)) = 1; 2170 } 2171 2172 new_bb = bb->prev_bb; 2173 new_gsi = gsi_after_labels (new_bb); 2174 gsi_remove (&i, false); 2175 gsi_insert_before (&new_gsi, stmt, GSI_NEW_STMT); 2176 } 2177 else 2178 { 2179 /* Release SSA definitions. */ 2180 release_defs (stmt); 2181 gsi_remove (&i, true); 2182 } 2183 2184 if (gsi_end_p (i)) 2185 i = gsi_last_bb (bb); 2186 else 2187 gsi_prev (&i); 2188 } 2189 } 2190 2191 remove_phi_nodes_and_edges_for_unreachable_block (bb); 2192 bb->il.gimple.seq = NULL; 2193 bb->il.gimple.phi_nodes = NULL; 2194 } 2195 2196 2197 /* Given a basic block BB ending with COND_EXPR or SWITCH_EXPR, and a 2198 predicate VAL, return the edge that will be taken out of the block. 2199 If VAL does not match a unique edge, NULL is returned. */ 2200 2201 edge 2202 find_taken_edge (basic_block bb, tree val) 2203 { 2204 gimple *stmt; 2205 2206 stmt = last_stmt (bb); 2207 2208 gcc_assert (stmt); 2209 gcc_assert (is_ctrl_stmt (stmt)); 2210 2211 if (val == NULL) 2212 return NULL; 2213 2214 if (!is_gimple_min_invariant (val)) 2215 return NULL; 2216 2217 if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND) 2218 return find_taken_edge_cond_expr (bb, val); 2219 2220 if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_SWITCH) 2221 return find_taken_edge_switch_expr (as_a <gswitch *> (stmt), bb, val); 2222 2223 if (computed_goto_p (stmt)) 2224 { 2225 /* Only optimize if the argument is a label, if the argument is 2226 not a label then we can not construct a proper CFG. 2227 2228 It may be the case that we only need to allow the LABEL_REF to 2229 appear inside an ADDR_EXPR, but we also allow the LABEL_REF to 2230 appear inside a LABEL_EXPR just to be safe. */ 2231 if ((TREE_CODE (val) == ADDR_EXPR || TREE_CODE (val) == LABEL_EXPR) 2232 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0)) == LABEL_DECL) 2233 return find_taken_edge_computed_goto (bb, TREE_OPERAND (val, 0)); 2234 return NULL; 2235 } 2236 2237 gcc_unreachable (); 2238 } 2239 2240 /* Given a constant value VAL and the entry block BB to a GOTO_EXPR 2241 statement, determine which of the outgoing edges will be taken out of the 2242 block. Return NULL if either edge may be taken. */ 2243 2244 static edge 2245 find_taken_edge_computed_goto (basic_block bb, tree val) 2246 { 2247 basic_block dest; 2248 edge e = NULL; 2249 2250 dest = label_to_block (val); 2251 if (dest) 2252 { 2253 e = find_edge (bb, dest); 2254 gcc_assert (e != NULL); 2255 } 2256 2257 return e; 2258 } 2259 2260 /* Given a constant value VAL and the entry block BB to a COND_EXPR 2261 statement, determine which of the two edges will be taken out of the 2262 block. Return NULL if either edge may be taken. */ 2263 2264 static edge 2265 find_taken_edge_cond_expr (basic_block bb, tree val) 2266 { 2267 edge true_edge, false_edge; 2268 2269 extract_true_false_edges_from_block (bb, &true_edge, &false_edge); 2270 2271 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (val) == INTEGER_CST); 2272 return (integer_zerop (val) ? false_edge : true_edge); 2273 } 2274 2275 /* Given an INTEGER_CST VAL and the entry block BB to a SWITCH_EXPR 2276 statement, determine which edge will be taken out of the block. Return 2277 NULL if any edge may be taken. */ 2278 2279 static edge 2280 find_taken_edge_switch_expr (gswitch *switch_stmt, basic_block bb, 2281 tree val) 2282 { 2283 basic_block dest_bb; 2284 edge e; 2285 tree taken_case; 2286 2287 taken_case = find_case_label_for_value (switch_stmt, val); 2288 dest_bb = label_to_block (CASE_LABEL (taken_case)); 2289 2290 e = find_edge (bb, dest_bb); 2291 gcc_assert (e); 2292 return e; 2293 } 2294 2295 2296 /* Return the CASE_LABEL_EXPR that SWITCH_STMT will take for VAL. 2297 We can make optimal use here of the fact that the case labels are 2298 sorted: We can do a binary search for a case matching VAL. */ 2299 2300 static tree 2301 find_case_label_for_value (gswitch *switch_stmt, tree val) 2302 { 2303 size_t low, high, n = gimple_switch_num_labels (switch_stmt); 2304 tree default_case = gimple_switch_default_label (switch_stmt); 2305 2306 for (low = 0, high = n; high - low > 1; ) 2307 { 2308 size_t i = (high + low) / 2; 2309 tree t = gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, i); 2310 int cmp; 2311 2312 /* Cache the result of comparing CASE_LOW and val. */ 2313 cmp = tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_LOW (t), val); 2314 2315 if (cmp > 0) 2316 high = i; 2317 else 2318 low = i; 2319 2320 if (CASE_HIGH (t) == NULL) 2321 { 2322 /* A singe-valued case label. */ 2323 if (cmp == 0) 2324 return t; 2325 } 2326 else 2327 { 2328 /* A case range. We can only handle integer ranges. */ 2329 if (cmp <= 0 && tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_HIGH (t), val) >= 0) 2330 return t; 2331 } 2332 } 2333 2334 return default_case; 2335 } 2336 2337 2338 /* Dump a basic block on stderr. */ 2339 2340 void 2341 gimple_debug_bb (basic_block bb) 2342 { 2343 dump_bb (stderr, bb, 0, TDF_VOPS|TDF_MEMSYMS|TDF_BLOCKS); 2344 } 2345 2346 2347 /* Dump basic block with index N on stderr. */ 2348 2349 basic_block 2350 gimple_debug_bb_n (int n) 2351 { 2352 gimple_debug_bb (BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, n)); 2353 return BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, n); 2354 } 2355 2356 2357 /* Dump the CFG on stderr. 2358 2359 FLAGS are the same used by the tree dumping functions 2360 (see TDF_* in dumpfile.h). */ 2361 2362 void 2363 gimple_debug_cfg (int flags) 2364 { 2365 gimple_dump_cfg (stderr, flags); 2366 } 2367 2368 2369 /* Dump the program showing basic block boundaries on the given FILE. 2370 2371 FLAGS are the same used by the tree dumping functions (see TDF_* in 2372 tree.h). */ 2373 2374 void 2375 gimple_dump_cfg (FILE *file, int flags) 2376 { 2377 if (flags & TDF_DETAILS) 2378 { 2379 dump_function_header (file, current_function_decl, flags); 2380 fprintf (file, ";; \n%d basic blocks, %d edges, last basic block %d.\n\n", 2381 n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun), n_edges_for_fn (cfun), 2382 last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun)); 2383 2384 brief_dump_cfg (file, flags | TDF_COMMENT); 2385 fprintf (file, "\n"); 2386 } 2387 2388 if (flags & TDF_STATS) 2389 dump_cfg_stats (file); 2390 2391 dump_function_to_file (current_function_decl, file, flags | TDF_BLOCKS); 2392 } 2393 2394 2395 /* Dump CFG statistics on FILE. */ 2396 2397 void 2398 dump_cfg_stats (FILE *file) 2399 { 2400 static long max_num_merged_labels = 0; 2401 unsigned long size, total = 0; 2402 long num_edges; 2403 basic_block bb; 2404 const char * const fmt_str = "%-30s%-13s%12s\n"; 2405 const char * const fmt_str_1 = "%-30s%13d%11lu%c\n"; 2406 const char * const fmt_str_2 = "%-30s%13ld%11lu%c\n"; 2407 const char * const fmt_str_3 = "%-43s%11lu%c\n"; 2408 const char *funcname = current_function_name (); 2409 2410 fprintf (file, "\nCFG Statistics for %s\n\n", funcname); 2411 2412 fprintf (file, "---------------------------------------------------------\n"); 2413 fprintf (file, fmt_str, "", " Number of ", "Memory"); 2414 fprintf (file, fmt_str, "", " instances ", "used "); 2415 fprintf (file, "---------------------------------------------------------\n"); 2416 2417 size = n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun) * sizeof (struct basic_block_def); 2418 total += size; 2419 fprintf (file, fmt_str_1, "Basic blocks", n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun), 2420 SCALE (size), LABEL (size)); 2421 2422 num_edges = 0; 2423 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun) 2424 num_edges += EDGE_COUNT (bb->succs); 2425 size = num_edges * sizeof (struct edge_def); 2426 total += size; 2427 fprintf (file, fmt_str_2, "Edges", num_edges, SCALE (size), LABEL (size)); 2428 2429 fprintf (file, "---------------------------------------------------------\n"); 2430 fprintf (file, fmt_str_3, "Total memory used by CFG data", SCALE (total), 2431 LABEL (total)); 2432 fprintf (file, "---------------------------------------------------------\n"); 2433 fprintf (file, "\n"); 2434 2435 if (cfg_stats.num_merged_labels > max_num_merged_labels) 2436 max_num_merged_labels = cfg_stats.num_merged_labels; 2437 2438 fprintf (file, "Coalesced label blocks: %ld (Max so far: %ld)\n", 2439 cfg_stats.num_merged_labels, max_num_merged_labels); 2440 2441 fprintf (file, "\n"); 2442 } 2443 2444 2445 /* Dump CFG statistics on stderr. Keep extern so that it's always 2446 linked in the final executable. */ 2447 2448 DEBUG_FUNCTION void 2449 debug_cfg_stats (void) 2450 { 2451 dump_cfg_stats (stderr); 2452 } 2453 2454 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2455 Miscellaneous helpers 2456 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ 2457 2458 /* Return true if T, a GIMPLE_CALL, can make an abnormal transfer of control 2459 flow. Transfers of control flow associated with EH are excluded. */ 2460 2461 static bool 2462 call_can_make_abnormal_goto (gimple *t) 2463 { 2464 /* If the function has no non-local labels, then a call cannot make an 2465 abnormal transfer of control. */ 2466 if (!cfun->has_nonlocal_label 2467 && !cfun->calls_setjmp) 2468 return false; 2469 2470 /* Likewise if the call has no side effects. */ 2471 if (!gimple_has_side_effects (t)) 2472 return false; 2473 2474 /* Likewise if the called function is leaf. */ 2475 if (gimple_call_flags (t) & ECF_LEAF) 2476 return false; 2477 2478 return true; 2479 } 2480 2481 2482 /* Return true if T can make an abnormal transfer of control flow. 2483 Transfers of control flow associated with EH are excluded. */ 2484 2485 bool 2486 stmt_can_make_abnormal_goto (gimple *t) 2487 { 2488 if (computed_goto_p (t)) 2489 return true; 2490 if (is_gimple_call (t)) 2491 return call_can_make_abnormal_goto (t); 2492 return false; 2493 } 2494 2495 2496 /* Return true if T represents a stmt that always transfers control. */ 2497 2498 bool 2499 is_ctrl_stmt (gimple *t) 2500 { 2501 switch (gimple_code (t)) 2502 { 2503 case GIMPLE_COND: 2504 case GIMPLE_SWITCH: 2505 case GIMPLE_GOTO: 2506 case GIMPLE_RETURN: 2507 case GIMPLE_RESX: 2508 return true; 2509 default: 2510 return false; 2511 } 2512 } 2513 2514 2515 /* Return true if T is a statement that may alter the flow of control 2516 (e.g., a call to a non-returning function). */ 2517 2518 bool 2519 is_ctrl_altering_stmt (gimple *t) 2520 { 2521 gcc_assert (t); 2522 2523 switch (gimple_code (t)) 2524 { 2525 case GIMPLE_CALL: 2526 /* Per stmt call flag indicates whether the call could alter 2527 controlflow. */ 2528 if (gimple_call_ctrl_altering_p (t)) 2529 return true; 2530 break; 2531 2532 case GIMPLE_EH_DISPATCH: 2533 /* EH_DISPATCH branches to the individual catch handlers at 2534 this level of a try or allowed-exceptions region. It can 2535 fallthru to the next statement as well. */ 2536 return true; 2537 2538 case GIMPLE_ASM: 2539 if (gimple_asm_nlabels (as_a <gasm *> (t)) > 0) 2540 return true; 2541 break; 2542 2543 CASE_GIMPLE_OMP: 2544 /* OpenMP directives alter control flow. */ 2545 return true; 2546 2547 case GIMPLE_TRANSACTION: 2548 /* A transaction start alters control flow. */ 2549 return true; 2550 2551 default: 2552 break; 2553 } 2554 2555 /* If a statement can throw, it alters control flow. */ 2556 return stmt_can_throw_internal (t); 2557 } 2558 2559 2560 /* Return true if T is a simple local goto. */ 2561 2562 bool 2563 simple_goto_p (gimple *t) 2564 { 2565 return (gimple_code (t) == GIMPLE_GOTO 2566 && TREE_CODE (gimple_goto_dest (t)) == LABEL_DECL); 2567 } 2568 2569 2570 /* Return true if STMT should start a new basic block. PREV_STMT is 2571 the statement preceding STMT. It is used when STMT is a label or a 2572 case label. Labels should only start a new basic block if their 2573 previous statement wasn't a label. Otherwise, sequence of labels 2574 would generate unnecessary basic blocks that only contain a single 2575 label. */ 2576 2577 static inline bool 2578 stmt_starts_bb_p (gimple *stmt, gimple *prev_stmt) 2579 { 2580 if (stmt == NULL) 2581 return false; 2582 2583 /* Labels start a new basic block only if the preceding statement 2584 wasn't a label of the same type. This prevents the creation of 2585 consecutive blocks that have nothing but a single label. */ 2586 if (glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (stmt)) 2587 { 2588 /* Nonlocal and computed GOTO targets always start a new block. */ 2589 if (DECL_NONLOCAL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt)) 2590 || FORCED_LABEL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt))) 2591 return true; 2592 2593 if (prev_stmt && gimple_code (prev_stmt) == GIMPLE_LABEL) 2594 { 2595 if (DECL_NONLOCAL (gimple_label_label ( 2596 as_a <glabel *> (prev_stmt)))) 2597 return true; 2598 2599 cfg_stats.num_merged_labels++; 2600 return false; 2601 } 2602 else 2603 return true; 2604 } 2605 else if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_CALL) 2606 { 2607 if (gimple_call_flags (stmt) & ECF_RETURNS_TWICE) 2608 /* setjmp acts similar to a nonlocal GOTO target and thus should 2609 start a new block. */ 2610 return true; 2611 if (gimple_call_internal_p (stmt, IFN_PHI) 2612 && prev_stmt 2613 && gimple_code (prev_stmt) != GIMPLE_LABEL 2614 && (gimple_code (prev_stmt) != GIMPLE_CALL 2615 || ! gimple_call_internal_p (prev_stmt, IFN_PHI))) 2616 /* PHI nodes start a new block unless preceeded by a label 2617 or another PHI. */ 2618 return true; 2619 } 2620 2621 return false; 2622 } 2623 2624 2625 /* Return true if T should end a basic block. */ 2626 2627 bool 2628 stmt_ends_bb_p (gimple *t) 2629 { 2630 return is_ctrl_stmt (t) || is_ctrl_altering_stmt (t); 2631 } 2632 2633 /* Remove block annotations and other data structures. */ 2634 2635 void 2636 delete_tree_cfg_annotations (struct function *fn) 2637 { 2638 vec_free (label_to_block_map_for_fn (fn)); 2639 } 2640 2641 /* Return the virtual phi in BB. */ 2642 2643 gphi * 2644 get_virtual_phi (basic_block bb) 2645 { 2646 for (gphi_iterator gsi = gsi_start_phis (bb); 2647 !gsi_end_p (gsi); 2648 gsi_next (&gsi)) 2649 { 2650 gphi *phi = gsi.phi (); 2651 2652 if (virtual_operand_p (PHI_RESULT (phi))) 2653 return phi; 2654 } 2655 2656 return NULL; 2657 } 2658 2659 /* Return the first statement in basic block BB. */ 2660 2661 gimple * 2662 first_stmt (basic_block bb) 2663 { 2664 gimple_stmt_iterator i = gsi_start_bb (bb); 2665 gimple *stmt = NULL; 2666 2667 while (!gsi_end_p (i) && is_gimple_debug ((stmt = gsi_stmt (i)))) 2668 { 2669 gsi_next (&i); 2670 stmt = NULL; 2671 } 2672 return stmt; 2673 } 2674 2675 /* Return the first non-label statement in basic block BB. */ 2676 2677 static gimple * 2678 first_non_label_stmt (basic_block bb) 2679 { 2680 gimple_stmt_iterator i = gsi_start_bb (bb); 2681 while (!gsi_end_p (i) && gimple_code (gsi_stmt (i)) == GIMPLE_LABEL) 2682 gsi_next (&i); 2683 return !gsi_end_p (i) ? gsi_stmt (i) : NULL; 2684 } 2685 2686 /* Return the last statement in basic block BB. */ 2687 2688 gimple * 2689 last_stmt (basic_block bb) 2690 { 2691 gimple_stmt_iterator i = gsi_last_bb (bb); 2692 gimple *stmt = NULL; 2693 2694 while (!gsi_end_p (i) && is_gimple_debug ((stmt = gsi_stmt (i)))) 2695 { 2696 gsi_prev (&i); 2697 stmt = NULL; 2698 } 2699 return stmt; 2700 } 2701 2702 /* Return the last statement of an otherwise empty block. Return NULL 2703 if the block is totally empty, or if it contains more than one 2704 statement. */ 2705 2706 gimple * 2707 last_and_only_stmt (basic_block bb) 2708 { 2709 gimple_stmt_iterator i = gsi_last_nondebug_bb (bb); 2710 gimple *last, *prev; 2711 2712 if (gsi_end_p (i)) 2713 return NULL; 2714 2715 last = gsi_stmt (i); 2716 gsi_prev_nondebug (&i); 2717 if (gsi_end_p (i)) 2718 return last; 2719 2720 /* Empty statements should no longer appear in the instruction stream. 2721 Everything that might have appeared before should be deleted by 2722 remove_useless_stmts, and the optimizers should just gsi_remove 2723 instead of smashing with build_empty_stmt. 2724 2725 Thus the only thing that should appear here in a block containing 2726 one executable statement is a label. */ 2727 prev = gsi_stmt (i); 2728 if (gimple_code (prev) == GIMPLE_LABEL) 2729 return last; 2730 else 2731 return NULL; 2732 } 2733 2734 /* Reinstall those PHI arguments queued in OLD_EDGE to NEW_EDGE. */ 2735 2736 static void 2737 reinstall_phi_args (edge new_edge, edge old_edge) 2738 { 2739 edge_var_map *vm; 2740 int i; 2741 gphi_iterator phis; 2742 2743 vec<edge_var_map> *v = redirect_edge_var_map_vector (old_edge); 2744 if (!v) 2745 return; 2746 2747 for (i = 0, phis = gsi_start_phis (new_edge->dest); 2748 v->iterate (i, &vm) && !gsi_end_p (phis); 2749 i++, gsi_next (&phis)) 2750 { 2751 gphi *phi = phis.phi (); 2752 tree result = redirect_edge_var_map_result (vm); 2753 tree arg = redirect_edge_var_map_def (vm); 2754 2755 gcc_assert (result == gimple_phi_result (phi)); 2756 2757 add_phi_arg (phi, arg, new_edge, redirect_edge_var_map_location (vm)); 2758 } 2759 2760 redirect_edge_var_map_clear (old_edge); 2761 } 2762 2763 /* Returns the basic block after which the new basic block created 2764 by splitting edge EDGE_IN should be placed. Tries to keep the new block 2765 near its "logical" location. This is of most help to humans looking 2766 at debugging dumps. */ 2767 2768 basic_block 2769 split_edge_bb_loc (edge edge_in) 2770 { 2771 basic_block dest = edge_in->dest; 2772 basic_block dest_prev = dest->prev_bb; 2773 2774 if (dest_prev) 2775 { 2776 edge e = find_edge (dest_prev, dest); 2777 if (e && !(e->flags & EDGE_COMPLEX)) 2778 return edge_in->src; 2779 } 2780 return dest_prev; 2781 } 2782 2783 /* Split a (typically critical) edge EDGE_IN. Return the new block. 2784 Abort on abnormal edges. */ 2785 2786 static basic_block 2787 gimple_split_edge (edge edge_in) 2788 { 2789 basic_block new_bb, after_bb, dest; 2790 edge new_edge, e; 2791 2792 /* Abnormal edges cannot be split. */ 2793 gcc_assert (!(edge_in->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL)); 2794 2795 dest = edge_in->dest; 2796 2797 after_bb = split_edge_bb_loc (edge_in); 2798 2799 new_bb = create_empty_bb (after_bb); 2800 new_bb->frequency = EDGE_FREQUENCY (edge_in); 2801 new_bb->count = edge_in->count; 2802 new_edge = make_edge (new_bb, dest, EDGE_FALLTHRU); 2803 new_edge->probability = REG_BR_PROB_BASE; 2804 new_edge->count = edge_in->count; 2805 2806 e = redirect_edge_and_branch (edge_in, new_bb); 2807 gcc_assert (e == edge_in); 2808 reinstall_phi_args (new_edge, e); 2809 2810 return new_bb; 2811 } 2812 2813 2814 /* Verify properties of the address expression T with base object BASE. */ 2815 2816 static tree 2817 verify_address (tree t, tree base) 2818 { 2819 bool old_constant; 2820 bool old_side_effects; 2821 bool new_constant; 2822 bool new_side_effects; 2823 2824 old_constant = TREE_CONSTANT (t); 2825 old_side_effects = TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t); 2826 2827 recompute_tree_invariant_for_addr_expr (t); 2828 new_side_effects = TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t); 2829 new_constant = TREE_CONSTANT (t); 2830 2831 if (old_constant != new_constant) 2832 { 2833 error ("constant not recomputed when ADDR_EXPR changed"); 2834 return t; 2835 } 2836 if (old_side_effects != new_side_effects) 2837 { 2838 error ("side effects not recomputed when ADDR_EXPR changed"); 2839 return t; 2840 } 2841 2842 if (!(VAR_P (base) 2843 || TREE_CODE (base) == PARM_DECL 2844 || TREE_CODE (base) == RESULT_DECL)) 2845 return NULL_TREE; 2846 2847 if (DECL_GIMPLE_REG_P (base)) 2848 { 2849 error ("DECL_GIMPLE_REG_P set on a variable with address taken"); 2850 return base; 2851 } 2852 2853 return NULL_TREE; 2854 } 2855 2856 /* Callback for walk_tree, check that all elements with address taken are 2857 properly noticed as such. The DATA is an int* that is 1 if TP was seen 2858 inside a PHI node. */ 2859 2860 static tree 2861 verify_expr (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 2862 { 2863 tree t = *tp, x; 2864 2865 if (TYPE_P (t)) 2866 *walk_subtrees = 0; 2867 2868 /* Check operand N for being valid GIMPLE and give error MSG if not. */ 2869 #define CHECK_OP(N, MSG) \ 2870 do { if (!is_gimple_val (TREE_OPERAND (t, N))) \ 2871 { error (MSG); return TREE_OPERAND (t, N); }} while (0) 2872 2873 switch (TREE_CODE (t)) 2874 { 2875 case SSA_NAME: 2876 if (SSA_NAME_IN_FREE_LIST (t)) 2877 { 2878 error ("SSA name in freelist but still referenced"); 2879 return *tp; 2880 } 2881 break; 2882 2883 case PARM_DECL: 2884 case VAR_DECL: 2885 case RESULT_DECL: 2886 { 2887 tree context = decl_function_context (t); 2888 if (context != cfun->decl 2889 && !SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (context) 2890 && !TREE_STATIC (t) 2891 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (t)) 2892 { 2893 error ("Local declaration from a different function"); 2894 return t; 2895 } 2896 } 2897 break; 2898 2899 case INDIRECT_REF: 2900 error ("INDIRECT_REF in gimple IL"); 2901 return t; 2902 2903 case MEM_REF: 2904 x = TREE_OPERAND (t, 0); 2905 if (!POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (x)) 2906 || !is_gimple_mem_ref_addr (x)) 2907 { 2908 error ("invalid first operand of MEM_REF"); 2909 return x; 2910 } 2911 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (t, 1)) != INTEGER_CST 2912 || !POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (t, 1)))) 2913 { 2914 error ("invalid offset operand of MEM_REF"); 2915 return TREE_OPERAND (t, 1); 2916 } 2917 if (TREE_CODE (x) == ADDR_EXPR) 2918 { 2919 tree va = verify_address (x, TREE_OPERAND (x, 0)); 2920 if (va) 2921 return va; 2922 x = TREE_OPERAND (x, 0); 2923 } 2924 walk_tree (&x, verify_expr, data, NULL); 2925 *walk_subtrees = 0; 2926 break; 2927 2928 case ASSERT_EXPR: 2929 x = fold (ASSERT_EXPR_COND (t)); 2930 if (x == boolean_false_node) 2931 { 2932 error ("ASSERT_EXPR with an always-false condition"); 2933 return *tp; 2934 } 2935 break; 2936 2937 case MODIFY_EXPR: 2938 error ("MODIFY_EXPR not expected while having tuples"); 2939 return *tp; 2940 2941 case ADDR_EXPR: 2942 { 2943 tree tem; 2944 2945 gcc_assert (is_gimple_address (t)); 2946 2947 /* Skip any references (they will be checked when we recurse down the 2948 tree) and ensure that any variable used as a prefix is marked 2949 addressable. */ 2950 for (x = TREE_OPERAND (t, 0); 2951 handled_component_p (x); 2952 x = TREE_OPERAND (x, 0)) 2953 ; 2954 2955 if ((tem = verify_address (t, x))) 2956 return tem; 2957 2958 if (!(VAR_P (x) 2959 || TREE_CODE (x) == PARM_DECL 2960 || TREE_CODE (x) == RESULT_DECL)) 2961 return NULL; 2962 2963 if (!TREE_ADDRESSABLE (x)) 2964 { 2965 error ("address taken, but ADDRESSABLE bit not set"); 2966 return x; 2967 } 2968 2969 break; 2970 } 2971 2972 case COND_EXPR: 2973 x = COND_EXPR_COND (t); 2974 if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (x))) 2975 { 2976 error ("non-integral used in condition"); 2977 return x; 2978 } 2979 if (!is_gimple_condexpr (x)) 2980 { 2981 error ("invalid conditional operand"); 2982 return x; 2983 } 2984 break; 2985 2986 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: 2987 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: 2988 gcc_unreachable (); 2989 2990 CASE_CONVERT: 2991 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: 2992 case FLOAT_EXPR: 2993 case NEGATE_EXPR: 2994 case ABS_EXPR: 2995 case BIT_NOT_EXPR: 2996 CHECK_OP (0, "invalid operand to unary operator"); 2997 break; 2998 2999 case REALPART_EXPR: 3000 case IMAGPART_EXPR: 3001 case BIT_FIELD_REF: 3002 if (!is_gimple_reg_type (TREE_TYPE (t))) 3003 { 3004 error ("non-scalar BIT_FIELD_REF, IMAGPART_EXPR or REALPART_EXPR"); 3005 return t; 3006 } 3007 3008 if (TREE_CODE (t) == BIT_FIELD_REF) 3009 { 3010 tree t0 = TREE_OPERAND (t, 0); 3011 tree t1 = TREE_OPERAND (t, 1); 3012 tree t2 = TREE_OPERAND (t, 2); 3013 if (!tree_fits_uhwi_p (t1) 3014 || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (t2)) 3015 { 3016 error ("invalid position or size operand to BIT_FIELD_REF"); 3017 return t; 3018 } 3019 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (t)) 3020 && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t)) 3021 != tree_to_uhwi (t1))) 3022 { 3023 error ("integral result type precision does not match " 3024 "field size of BIT_FIELD_REF"); 3025 return t; 3026 } 3027 else if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (t)) 3028 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t)) != BLKmode 3029 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t))) 3030 != tree_to_uhwi (t1))) 3031 { 3032 error ("mode size of non-integral result does not " 3033 "match field size of BIT_FIELD_REF"); 3034 return t; 3035 } 3036 if (!AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (t0)) 3037 && (tree_to_uhwi (t1) + tree_to_uhwi (t2) 3038 > tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (t0))))) 3039 { 3040 error ("position plus size exceeds size of referenced object in " 3041 "BIT_FIELD_REF"); 3042 return t; 3043 } 3044 } 3045 t = TREE_OPERAND (t, 0); 3046 3047 /* Fall-through. */ 3048 case COMPONENT_REF: 3049 case ARRAY_REF: 3050 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF: 3051 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: 3052 /* We have a nest of references. Verify that each of the operands 3053 that determine where to reference is either a constant or a variable, 3054 verify that the base is valid, and then show we've already checked 3055 the subtrees. */ 3056 while (handled_component_p (t)) 3057 { 3058 if (TREE_CODE (t) == COMPONENT_REF && TREE_OPERAND (t, 2)) 3059 CHECK_OP (2, "invalid COMPONENT_REF offset operator"); 3060 else if (TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_REF 3061 || TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF) 3062 { 3063 CHECK_OP (1, "invalid array index"); 3064 if (TREE_OPERAND (t, 2)) 3065 CHECK_OP (2, "invalid array lower bound"); 3066 if (TREE_OPERAND (t, 3)) 3067 CHECK_OP (3, "invalid array stride"); 3068 } 3069 else if (TREE_CODE (t) == BIT_FIELD_REF 3070 || TREE_CODE (t) == REALPART_EXPR 3071 || TREE_CODE (t) == IMAGPART_EXPR) 3072 { 3073 error ("non-top-level BIT_FIELD_REF, IMAGPART_EXPR or " 3074 "REALPART_EXPR"); 3075 return t; 3076 } 3077 3078 t = TREE_OPERAND (t, 0); 3079 } 3080 3081 if (!is_gimple_min_invariant (t) && !is_gimple_lvalue (t)) 3082 { 3083 error ("invalid reference prefix"); 3084 return t; 3085 } 3086 walk_tree (&t, verify_expr, data, NULL); 3087 *walk_subtrees = 0; 3088 break; 3089 case PLUS_EXPR: 3090 case MINUS_EXPR: 3091 /* PLUS_EXPR and MINUS_EXPR don't work on pointers, they should be done using 3092 POINTER_PLUS_EXPR. */ 3093 if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (t))) 3094 { 3095 error ("invalid operand to plus/minus, type is a pointer"); 3096 return t; 3097 } 3098 CHECK_OP (0, "invalid operand to binary operator"); 3099 CHECK_OP (1, "invalid operand to binary operator"); 3100 break; 3101 3102 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR: 3103 /* Check to make sure the first operand is a pointer or reference type. */ 3104 if (!POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (t, 0)))) 3105 { 3106 error ("invalid operand to pointer plus, first operand is not a pointer"); 3107 return t; 3108 } 3109 /* Check to make sure the second operand is a ptrofftype. */ 3110 if (!ptrofftype_p (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (t, 1)))) 3111 { 3112 error ("invalid operand to pointer plus, second operand is not an " 3113 "integer type of appropriate width"); 3114 return t; 3115 } 3116 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 3117 case LT_EXPR: 3118 case LE_EXPR: 3119 case GT_EXPR: 3120 case GE_EXPR: 3121 case EQ_EXPR: 3122 case NE_EXPR: 3123 case UNORDERED_EXPR: 3124 case ORDERED_EXPR: 3125 case UNLT_EXPR: 3126 case UNLE_EXPR: 3127 case UNGT_EXPR: 3128 case UNGE_EXPR: 3129 case UNEQ_EXPR: 3130 case LTGT_EXPR: 3131 case MULT_EXPR: 3132 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: 3133 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: 3134 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: 3135 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: 3136 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR: 3137 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR: 3138 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR: 3139 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR: 3140 case RDIV_EXPR: 3141 case EXACT_DIV_EXPR: 3142 case MIN_EXPR: 3143 case MAX_EXPR: 3144 case LSHIFT_EXPR: 3145 case RSHIFT_EXPR: 3146 case LROTATE_EXPR: 3147 case RROTATE_EXPR: 3148 case BIT_IOR_EXPR: 3149 case BIT_XOR_EXPR: 3150 case BIT_AND_EXPR: 3151 CHECK_OP (0, "invalid operand to binary operator"); 3152 CHECK_OP (1, "invalid operand to binary operator"); 3153 break; 3154 3155 case CONSTRUCTOR: 3156 if (TREE_CONSTANT (t) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t)) == VECTOR_TYPE) 3157 *walk_subtrees = 0; 3158 break; 3159 3160 case CASE_LABEL_EXPR: 3161 if (CASE_CHAIN (t)) 3162 { 3163 error ("invalid CASE_CHAIN"); 3164 return t; 3165 } 3166 break; 3167 3168 default: 3169 break; 3170 } 3171 return NULL; 3172 3173 #undef CHECK_OP 3174 } 3175 3176 3177 /* Verify if EXPR is either a GIMPLE ID or a GIMPLE indirect reference. 3178 Returns true if there is an error, otherwise false. */ 3179 3180 static bool 3181 verify_types_in_gimple_min_lval (tree expr) 3182 { 3183 tree op; 3184 3185 if (is_gimple_id (expr)) 3186 return false; 3187 3188 if (TREE_CODE (expr) != TARGET_MEM_REF 3189 && TREE_CODE (expr) != MEM_REF) 3190 { 3191 error ("invalid expression for min lvalue"); 3192 return true; 3193 } 3194 3195 /* TARGET_MEM_REFs are strange beasts. */ 3196 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == TARGET_MEM_REF) 3197 return false; 3198 3199 op = TREE_OPERAND (expr, 0); 3200 if (!is_gimple_val (op)) 3201 { 3202 error ("invalid operand in indirect reference"); 3203 debug_generic_stmt (op); 3204 return true; 3205 } 3206 /* Memory references now generally can involve a value conversion. */ 3207 3208 return false; 3209 } 3210 3211 /* Verify if EXPR is a valid GIMPLE reference expression. If 3212 REQUIRE_LVALUE is true verifies it is an lvalue. Returns true 3213 if there is an error, otherwise false. */ 3214 3215 static bool 3216 verify_types_in_gimple_reference (tree expr, bool require_lvalue) 3217 { 3218 while (handled_component_p (expr)) 3219 { 3220 tree op = TREE_OPERAND (expr, 0); 3221 3222 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == ARRAY_REF 3223 || TREE_CODE (expr) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF) 3224 { 3225 if (!is_gimple_val (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 1)) 3226 || (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 2) 3227 && !is_gimple_val (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 2))) 3228 || (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 3) 3229 && !is_gimple_val (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 3)))) 3230 { 3231 error ("invalid operands to array reference"); 3232 debug_generic_stmt (expr); 3233 return true; 3234 } 3235 } 3236 3237 /* Verify if the reference array element types are compatible. */ 3238 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == ARRAY_REF 3239 && !useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (expr), 3240 TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (op)))) 3241 { 3242 error ("type mismatch in array reference"); 3243 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (expr)); 3244 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (op))); 3245 return true; 3246 } 3247 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF 3248 && !useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (expr)), 3249 TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (op)))) 3250 { 3251 error ("type mismatch in array range reference"); 3252 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (expr))); 3253 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (op))); 3254 return true; 3255 } 3256 3257 if ((TREE_CODE (expr) == REALPART_EXPR 3258 || TREE_CODE (expr) == IMAGPART_EXPR) 3259 && !useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (expr), 3260 TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (op)))) 3261 { 3262 error ("type mismatch in real/imagpart reference"); 3263 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (expr)); 3264 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (op))); 3265 return true; 3266 } 3267 3268 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == COMPONENT_REF 3269 && !useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (expr), 3270 TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 1)))) 3271 { 3272 error ("type mismatch in component reference"); 3273 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (expr)); 3274 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 1))); 3275 return true; 3276 } 3277 3278 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR) 3279 { 3280 /* For VIEW_CONVERT_EXPRs which are allowed here too, we only check 3281 that their operand is not an SSA name or an invariant when 3282 requiring an lvalue (this usually means there is a SRA or IPA-SRA 3283 bug). Otherwise there is nothing to verify, gross mismatches at 3284 most invoke undefined behavior. */ 3285 if (require_lvalue 3286 && (TREE_CODE (op) == SSA_NAME 3287 || is_gimple_min_invariant (op))) 3288 { 3289 error ("conversion of an SSA_NAME on the left hand side"); 3290 debug_generic_stmt (expr); 3291 return true; 3292 } 3293 else if (TREE_CODE (op) == SSA_NAME 3294 && TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (expr)) != TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (op))) 3295 { 3296 error ("conversion of register to a different size"); 3297 debug_generic_stmt (expr); 3298 return true; 3299 } 3300 else if (!handled_component_p (op)) 3301 return false; 3302 } 3303 3304 expr = op; 3305 } 3306 3307 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == MEM_REF) 3308 { 3309 if (!is_gimple_mem_ref_addr (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 0))) 3310 { 3311 error ("invalid address operand in MEM_REF"); 3312 debug_generic_stmt (expr); 3313 return true; 3314 } 3315 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 1)) != INTEGER_CST 3316 || !POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 1)))) 3317 { 3318 error ("invalid offset operand in MEM_REF"); 3319 debug_generic_stmt (expr); 3320 return true; 3321 } 3322 } 3323 else if (TREE_CODE (expr) == TARGET_MEM_REF) 3324 { 3325 if (!TMR_BASE (expr) 3326 || !is_gimple_mem_ref_addr (TMR_BASE (expr))) 3327 { 3328 error ("invalid address operand in TARGET_MEM_REF"); 3329 return true; 3330 } 3331 if (!TMR_OFFSET (expr) 3332 || TREE_CODE (TMR_OFFSET (expr)) != INTEGER_CST 3333 || !POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TMR_OFFSET (expr)))) 3334 { 3335 error ("invalid offset operand in TARGET_MEM_REF"); 3336 debug_generic_stmt (expr); 3337 return true; 3338 } 3339 } 3340 3341 return ((require_lvalue || !is_gimple_min_invariant (expr)) 3342 && verify_types_in_gimple_min_lval (expr)); 3343 } 3344 3345 /* Returns true if there is one pointer type in TYPE_POINTER_TO (SRC_OBJ) 3346 list of pointer-to types that is trivially convertible to DEST. */ 3347 3348 static bool 3349 one_pointer_to_useless_type_conversion_p (tree dest, tree src_obj) 3350 { 3351 tree src; 3352 3353 if (!TYPE_POINTER_TO (src_obj)) 3354 return true; 3355 3356 for (src = TYPE_POINTER_TO (src_obj); src; src = TYPE_NEXT_PTR_TO (src)) 3357 if (useless_type_conversion_p (dest, src)) 3358 return true; 3359 3360 return false; 3361 } 3362 3363 /* Return true if TYPE1 is a fixed-point type and if conversions to and 3364 from TYPE2 can be handled by FIXED_CONVERT_EXPR. */ 3365 3366 static bool 3367 valid_fixed_convert_types_p (tree type1, tree type2) 3368 { 3369 return (FIXED_POINT_TYPE_P (type1) 3370 && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type2) 3371 || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (type2) 3372 || FIXED_POINT_TYPE_P (type2))); 3373 } 3374 3375 /* Verify the contents of a GIMPLE_CALL STMT. Returns true when there 3376 is a problem, otherwise false. */ 3377 3378 static bool 3379 verify_gimple_call (gcall *stmt) 3380 { 3381 tree fn = gimple_call_fn (stmt); 3382 tree fntype, fndecl; 3383 unsigned i; 3384 3385 if (gimple_call_internal_p (stmt)) 3386 { 3387 if (fn) 3388 { 3389 error ("gimple call has two targets"); 3390 debug_generic_stmt (fn); 3391 return true; 3392 } 3393 /* FIXME : for passing label as arg in internal fn PHI from GIMPLE FE*/ 3394 else if (gimple_call_internal_fn (stmt) == IFN_PHI) 3395 { 3396 return false; 3397 } 3398 } 3399 else 3400 { 3401 if (!fn) 3402 { 3403 error ("gimple call has no target"); 3404 return true; 3405 } 3406 } 3407 3408 if (fn && !is_gimple_call_addr (fn)) 3409 { 3410 error ("invalid function in gimple call"); 3411 debug_generic_stmt (fn); 3412 return true; 3413 } 3414 3415 if (fn 3416 && (!POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (fn)) 3417 || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fn))) != FUNCTION_TYPE 3418 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fn))) != METHOD_TYPE))) 3419 { 3420 error ("non-function in gimple call"); 3421 return true; 3422 } 3423 3424 fndecl = gimple_call_fndecl (stmt); 3425 if (fndecl 3426 && TREE_CODE (fndecl) == FUNCTION_DECL 3427 && DECL_LOOPING_CONST_OR_PURE_P (fndecl) 3428 && !DECL_PURE_P (fndecl) 3429 && !TREE_READONLY (fndecl)) 3430 { 3431 error ("invalid pure const state for function"); 3432 return true; 3433 } 3434 3435 tree lhs = gimple_call_lhs (stmt); 3436 if (lhs 3437 && (!is_gimple_lvalue (lhs) 3438 || verify_types_in_gimple_reference (lhs, true))) 3439 { 3440 error ("invalid LHS in gimple call"); 3441 return true; 3442 } 3443 3444 if (gimple_call_ctrl_altering_p (stmt) 3445 && gimple_call_noreturn_p (stmt) 3446 && should_remove_lhs_p (lhs)) 3447 { 3448 error ("LHS in noreturn call"); 3449 return true; 3450 } 3451 3452 fntype = gimple_call_fntype (stmt); 3453 if (fntype 3454 && lhs 3455 && !useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (lhs), TREE_TYPE (fntype)) 3456 /* ??? At least C++ misses conversions at assignments from 3457 void * call results. 3458 ??? Java is completely off. Especially with functions 3459 returning java.lang.Object. 3460 For now simply allow arbitrary pointer type conversions. */ 3461 && !(POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs)) 3462 && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (fntype)))) 3463 { 3464 error ("invalid conversion in gimple call"); 3465 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (lhs)); 3466 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (fntype)); 3467 return true; 3468 } 3469 3470 if (gimple_call_chain (stmt) 3471 && !is_gimple_val (gimple_call_chain (stmt))) 3472 { 3473 error ("invalid static chain in gimple call"); 3474 debug_generic_stmt (gimple_call_chain (stmt)); 3475 return true; 3476 } 3477 3478 /* If there is a static chain argument, the call should either be 3479 indirect, or the decl should have DECL_STATIC_CHAIN set. */ 3480 if (gimple_call_chain (stmt) 3481 && fndecl 3482 && !DECL_STATIC_CHAIN (fndecl)) 3483 { 3484 error ("static chain with function that doesn%'t use one"); 3485 return true; 3486 } 3487 3488 if (fndecl && DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL) 3489 { 3490 switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl)) 3491 { 3492 case BUILT_IN_UNREACHABLE: 3493 case BUILT_IN_TRAP: 3494 if (gimple_call_num_args (stmt) > 0) 3495 { 3496 /* Built-in unreachable with parameters might not be caught by 3497 undefined behavior sanitizer. Front-ends do check users do not 3498 call them that way but we also produce calls to 3499 __builtin_unreachable internally, for example when IPA figures 3500 out a call cannot happen in a legal program. In such cases, 3501 we must make sure arguments are stripped off. */ 3502 error ("__builtin_unreachable or __builtin_trap call with " 3503 "arguments"); 3504 return true; 3505 } 3506 break; 3507 default: 3508 break; 3509 } 3510 } 3511 3512 /* ??? The C frontend passes unpromoted arguments in case it 3513 didn't see a function declaration before the call. So for now 3514 leave the call arguments mostly unverified. Once we gimplify 3515 unit-at-a-time we have a chance to fix this. */ 3516 3517 for (i = 0; i < gimple_call_num_args (stmt); ++i) 3518 { 3519 tree arg = gimple_call_arg (stmt, i); 3520 if ((is_gimple_reg_type (TREE_TYPE (arg)) 3521 && !is_gimple_val (arg)) 3522 || (!is_gimple_reg_type (TREE_TYPE (arg)) 3523 && !is_gimple_lvalue (arg))) 3524 { 3525 error ("invalid argument to gimple call"); 3526 debug_generic_expr (arg); 3527 return true; 3528 } 3529 } 3530 3531 return false; 3532 } 3533 3534 /* Verifies the gimple comparison with the result type TYPE and 3535 the operands OP0 and OP1, comparison code is CODE. */ 3536 3537 static bool 3538 verify_gimple_comparison (tree type, tree op0, tree op1, enum tree_code code) 3539 { 3540 tree op0_type = TREE_TYPE (op0); 3541 tree op1_type = TREE_TYPE (op1); 3542 3543 if (!is_gimple_val (op0) || !is_gimple_val (op1)) 3544 { 3545 error ("invalid operands in gimple comparison"); 3546 return true; 3547 } 3548 3549 /* For comparisons we do not have the operations type as the 3550 effective type the comparison is carried out in. Instead 3551 we require that either the first operand is trivially 3552 convertible into the second, or the other way around. 3553 Because we special-case pointers to void we allow 3554 comparisons of pointers with the same mode as well. */ 3555 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (op0_type, op1_type) 3556 && !useless_type_conversion_p (op1_type, op0_type) 3557 && (!POINTER_TYPE_P (op0_type) 3558 || !POINTER_TYPE_P (op1_type) 3559 || TYPE_MODE (op0_type) != TYPE_MODE (op1_type))) 3560 { 3561 error ("mismatching comparison operand types"); 3562 debug_generic_expr (op0_type); 3563 debug_generic_expr (op1_type); 3564 return true; 3565 } 3566 3567 /* The resulting type of a comparison may be an effective boolean type. */ 3568 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) 3569 && (TREE_CODE (type) == BOOLEAN_TYPE 3570 || TYPE_PRECISION (type) == 1)) 3571 { 3572 if ((TREE_CODE (op0_type) == VECTOR_TYPE 3573 || TREE_CODE (op1_type) == VECTOR_TYPE) 3574 && code != EQ_EXPR && code != NE_EXPR 3575 && !VECTOR_BOOLEAN_TYPE_P (op0_type) 3576 && !VECTOR_INTEGER_TYPE_P (op0_type)) 3577 { 3578 error ("unsupported operation or type for vector comparison" 3579 " returning a boolean"); 3580 debug_generic_expr (op0_type); 3581 debug_generic_expr (op1_type); 3582 return true; 3583 } 3584 } 3585 /* Or a boolean vector type with the same element count 3586 as the comparison operand types. */ 3587 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE 3588 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE) 3589 { 3590 if (TREE_CODE (op0_type) != VECTOR_TYPE 3591 || TREE_CODE (op1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE) 3592 { 3593 error ("non-vector operands in vector comparison"); 3594 debug_generic_expr (op0_type); 3595 debug_generic_expr (op1_type); 3596 return true; 3597 } 3598 3599 if (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type) != TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (op0_type)) 3600 { 3601 error ("invalid vector comparison resulting type"); 3602 debug_generic_expr (type); 3603 return true; 3604 } 3605 } 3606 else 3607 { 3608 error ("bogus comparison result type"); 3609 debug_generic_expr (type); 3610 return true; 3611 } 3612 3613 return false; 3614 } 3615 3616 /* Verify a gimple assignment statement STMT with an unary rhs. 3617 Returns true if anything is wrong. */ 3618 3619 static bool 3620 verify_gimple_assign_unary (gassign *stmt) 3621 { 3622 enum tree_code rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt); 3623 tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt); 3624 tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs); 3625 tree rhs1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt); 3626 tree rhs1_type = TREE_TYPE (rhs1); 3627 3628 if (!is_gimple_reg (lhs)) 3629 { 3630 error ("non-register as LHS of unary operation"); 3631 return true; 3632 } 3633 3634 if (!is_gimple_val (rhs1)) 3635 { 3636 error ("invalid operand in unary operation"); 3637 return true; 3638 } 3639 3640 /* First handle conversions. */ 3641 switch (rhs_code) 3642 { 3643 CASE_CONVERT: 3644 { 3645 /* Allow conversions from pointer type to integral type only if 3646 there is no sign or zero extension involved. 3647 For targets were the precision of ptrofftype doesn't match that 3648 of pointers we need to allow arbitrary conversions to ptrofftype. */ 3649 if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (lhs_type) 3650 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)) 3651 || (POINTER_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) 3652 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (lhs_type) 3653 && (TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (lhs_type) 3654 || ptrofftype_p (sizetype)))) 3655 return false; 3656 3657 /* Allow conversion from integral to offset type and vice versa. */ 3658 if ((TREE_CODE (lhs_type) == OFFSET_TYPE 3659 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)) 3660 || (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (lhs_type) 3661 && TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) == OFFSET_TYPE)) 3662 return false; 3663 3664 /* Otherwise assert we are converting between types of the 3665 same kind. */ 3666 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (lhs_type) != INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)) 3667 { 3668 error ("invalid types in nop conversion"); 3669 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 3670 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 3671 return true; 3672 } 3673 3674 return false; 3675 } 3676 3677 case ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT_EXPR: 3678 { 3679 if (!POINTER_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) || !POINTER_TYPE_P (lhs_type) 3680 || (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type)) 3681 == TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type)))) 3682 { 3683 error ("invalid types in address space conversion"); 3684 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 3685 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 3686 return true; 3687 } 3688 3689 return false; 3690 } 3691 3692 case FIXED_CONVERT_EXPR: 3693 { 3694 if (!valid_fixed_convert_types_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type) 3695 && !valid_fixed_convert_types_p (rhs1_type, lhs_type)) 3696 { 3697 error ("invalid types in fixed-point conversion"); 3698 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 3699 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 3700 return true; 3701 } 3702 3703 return false; 3704 } 3705 3706 case FLOAT_EXPR: 3707 { 3708 if ((!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) || !SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (lhs_type)) 3709 && (!VECTOR_INTEGER_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) 3710 || !VECTOR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (lhs_type))) 3711 { 3712 error ("invalid types in conversion to floating point"); 3713 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 3714 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 3715 return true; 3716 } 3717 3718 return false; 3719 } 3720 3721 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: 3722 { 3723 if ((!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (lhs_type) || !SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)) 3724 && (!VECTOR_INTEGER_TYPE_P (lhs_type) 3725 || !VECTOR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (rhs1_type))) 3726 { 3727 error ("invalid types in conversion to integer"); 3728 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 3729 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 3730 return true; 3731 } 3732 3733 return false; 3734 } 3735 case REDUC_MAX_EXPR: 3736 case REDUC_MIN_EXPR: 3737 case REDUC_PLUS_EXPR: 3738 if (!VECTOR_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) 3739 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type))) 3740 { 3741 error ("reduction should convert from vector to element type"); 3742 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 3743 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 3744 return true; 3745 } 3746 return false; 3747 3748 case VEC_UNPACK_HI_EXPR: 3749 case VEC_UNPACK_LO_EXPR: 3750 case VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_HI_EXPR: 3751 case VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_LO_EXPR: 3752 /* FIXME. */ 3753 return false; 3754 3755 case NEGATE_EXPR: 3756 case ABS_EXPR: 3757 case BIT_NOT_EXPR: 3758 case PAREN_EXPR: 3759 case CONJ_EXPR: 3760 break; 3761 3762 default: 3763 gcc_unreachable (); 3764 } 3765 3766 /* For the remaining codes assert there is no conversion involved. */ 3767 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type)) 3768 { 3769 error ("non-trivial conversion in unary operation"); 3770 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 3771 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 3772 return true; 3773 } 3774 3775 return false; 3776 } 3777 3778 /* Verify a gimple assignment statement STMT with a binary rhs. 3779 Returns true if anything is wrong. */ 3780 3781 static bool 3782 verify_gimple_assign_binary (gassign *stmt) 3783 { 3784 enum tree_code rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt); 3785 tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt); 3786 tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs); 3787 tree rhs1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt); 3788 tree rhs1_type = TREE_TYPE (rhs1); 3789 tree rhs2 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt); 3790 tree rhs2_type = TREE_TYPE (rhs2); 3791 3792 if (!is_gimple_reg (lhs)) 3793 { 3794 error ("non-register as LHS of binary operation"); 3795 return true; 3796 } 3797 3798 if (!is_gimple_val (rhs1) 3799 || !is_gimple_val (rhs2)) 3800 { 3801 error ("invalid operands in binary operation"); 3802 return true; 3803 } 3804 3805 /* First handle operations that involve different types. */ 3806 switch (rhs_code) 3807 { 3808 case COMPLEX_EXPR: 3809 { 3810 if (TREE_CODE (lhs_type) != COMPLEX_TYPE 3811 || !(INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) 3812 || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)) 3813 || !(INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs2_type) 3814 || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (rhs2_type))) 3815 { 3816 error ("type mismatch in complex expression"); 3817 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 3818 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 3819 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type); 3820 return true; 3821 } 3822 3823 return false; 3824 } 3825 3826 case LSHIFT_EXPR: 3827 case RSHIFT_EXPR: 3828 case LROTATE_EXPR: 3829 case RROTATE_EXPR: 3830 { 3831 /* Shifts and rotates are ok on integral types, fixed point 3832 types and integer vector types. */ 3833 if ((!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) 3834 && !FIXED_POINT_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) 3835 && !(TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) == VECTOR_TYPE 3836 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type)))) 3837 || (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs2_type) 3838 /* Vector shifts of vectors are also ok. */ 3839 && !(TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) == VECTOR_TYPE 3840 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type)) 3841 && TREE_CODE (rhs2_type) == VECTOR_TYPE 3842 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs2_type)))) 3843 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type)) 3844 { 3845 error ("type mismatch in shift expression"); 3846 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 3847 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 3848 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type); 3849 return true; 3850 } 3851 3852 return false; 3853 } 3854 3855 case WIDEN_LSHIFT_EXPR: 3856 { 3857 if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (lhs_type) 3858 || !INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) 3859 || TREE_CODE (rhs2) != INTEGER_CST 3860 || (2 * TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type) > TYPE_PRECISION (lhs_type))) 3861 { 3862 error ("type mismatch in widening vector shift expression"); 3863 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 3864 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 3865 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type); 3866 return true; 3867 } 3868 3869 return false; 3870 } 3871 3872 case VEC_WIDEN_LSHIFT_HI_EXPR: 3873 case VEC_WIDEN_LSHIFT_LO_EXPR: 3874 { 3875 if (TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE 3876 || TREE_CODE (lhs_type) != VECTOR_TYPE 3877 || !INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type)) 3878 || !INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type)) 3879 || TREE_CODE (rhs2) != INTEGER_CST 3880 || (2 * TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type)) 3881 > TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type)))) 3882 { 3883 error ("type mismatch in widening vector shift expression"); 3884 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 3885 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 3886 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type); 3887 return true; 3888 } 3889 3890 return false; 3891 } 3892 3893 case PLUS_EXPR: 3894 case MINUS_EXPR: 3895 { 3896 tree lhs_etype = lhs_type; 3897 tree rhs1_etype = rhs1_type; 3898 tree rhs2_etype = rhs2_type; 3899 if (TREE_CODE (lhs_type) == VECTOR_TYPE) 3900 { 3901 if (TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE 3902 || TREE_CODE (rhs2_type) != VECTOR_TYPE) 3903 { 3904 error ("invalid non-vector operands to vector valued plus"); 3905 return true; 3906 } 3907 lhs_etype = TREE_TYPE (lhs_type); 3908 rhs1_etype = TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type); 3909 rhs2_etype = TREE_TYPE (rhs2_type); 3910 } 3911 if (POINTER_TYPE_P (lhs_etype) 3912 || POINTER_TYPE_P (rhs1_etype) 3913 || POINTER_TYPE_P (rhs2_etype)) 3914 { 3915 error ("invalid (pointer) operands to plus/minus"); 3916 return true; 3917 } 3918 3919 /* Continue with generic binary expression handling. */ 3920 break; 3921 } 3922 3923 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR: 3924 { 3925 if (!POINTER_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) 3926 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type) 3927 || !ptrofftype_p (rhs2_type)) 3928 { 3929 error ("type mismatch in pointer plus expression"); 3930 debug_generic_stmt (lhs_type); 3931 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1_type); 3932 debug_generic_stmt (rhs2_type); 3933 return true; 3934 } 3935 3936 return false; 3937 } 3938 3939 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: 3940 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: 3941 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR: 3942 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR: 3943 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR: 3944 3945 gcc_unreachable (); 3946 3947 case LT_EXPR: 3948 case LE_EXPR: 3949 case GT_EXPR: 3950 case GE_EXPR: 3951 case EQ_EXPR: 3952 case NE_EXPR: 3953 case UNORDERED_EXPR: 3954 case ORDERED_EXPR: 3955 case UNLT_EXPR: 3956 case UNLE_EXPR: 3957 case UNGT_EXPR: 3958 case UNGE_EXPR: 3959 case UNEQ_EXPR: 3960 case LTGT_EXPR: 3961 /* Comparisons are also binary, but the result type is not 3962 connected to the operand types. */ 3963 return verify_gimple_comparison (lhs_type, rhs1, rhs2, rhs_code); 3964 3965 case WIDEN_MULT_EXPR: 3966 if (TREE_CODE (lhs_type) != INTEGER_TYPE) 3967 return true; 3968 return ((2 * TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type) > TYPE_PRECISION (lhs_type)) 3969 || (TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type) != TYPE_PRECISION (rhs2_type))); 3970 3971 case WIDEN_SUM_EXPR: 3972 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_HI_EXPR: 3973 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_LO_EXPR: 3974 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_EVEN_EXPR: 3975 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_ODD_EXPR: 3976 case VEC_PACK_TRUNC_EXPR: 3977 case VEC_PACK_SAT_EXPR: 3978 case VEC_PACK_FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: 3979 /* FIXME. */ 3980 return false; 3981 3982 case MULT_EXPR: 3983 case MULT_HIGHPART_EXPR: 3984 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: 3985 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: 3986 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: 3987 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: 3988 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR: 3989 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR: 3990 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR: 3991 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR: 3992 case RDIV_EXPR: 3993 case EXACT_DIV_EXPR: 3994 case MIN_EXPR: 3995 case MAX_EXPR: 3996 case BIT_IOR_EXPR: 3997 case BIT_XOR_EXPR: 3998 case BIT_AND_EXPR: 3999 /* Continue with generic binary expression handling. */ 4000 break; 4001 4002 default: 4003 gcc_unreachable (); 4004 } 4005 4006 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type) 4007 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs2_type)) 4008 { 4009 error ("type mismatch in binary expression"); 4010 debug_generic_stmt (lhs_type); 4011 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1_type); 4012 debug_generic_stmt (rhs2_type); 4013 return true; 4014 } 4015 4016 return false; 4017 } 4018 4019 /* Verify a gimple assignment statement STMT with a ternary rhs. 4020 Returns true if anything is wrong. */ 4021 4022 static bool 4023 verify_gimple_assign_ternary (gassign *stmt) 4024 { 4025 enum tree_code rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt); 4026 tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt); 4027 tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs); 4028 tree rhs1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt); 4029 tree rhs1_type = TREE_TYPE (rhs1); 4030 tree rhs2 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt); 4031 tree rhs2_type = TREE_TYPE (rhs2); 4032 tree rhs3 = gimple_assign_rhs3 (stmt); 4033 tree rhs3_type = TREE_TYPE (rhs3); 4034 4035 if (!is_gimple_reg (lhs)) 4036 { 4037 error ("non-register as LHS of ternary operation"); 4038 return true; 4039 } 4040 4041 if (((rhs_code == VEC_COND_EXPR || rhs_code == COND_EXPR) 4042 ? !is_gimple_condexpr (rhs1) : !is_gimple_val (rhs1)) 4043 || !is_gimple_val (rhs2) 4044 || !is_gimple_val (rhs3)) 4045 { 4046 error ("invalid operands in ternary operation"); 4047 return true; 4048 } 4049 4050 /* First handle operations that involve different types. */ 4051 switch (rhs_code) 4052 { 4053 case WIDEN_MULT_PLUS_EXPR: 4054 case WIDEN_MULT_MINUS_EXPR: 4055 if ((!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) 4056 && !FIXED_POINT_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)) 4057 || !useless_type_conversion_p (rhs1_type, rhs2_type) 4058 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs3_type) 4059 || 2 * TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type) > TYPE_PRECISION (lhs_type) 4060 || TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type) != TYPE_PRECISION (rhs2_type)) 4061 { 4062 error ("type mismatch in widening multiply-accumulate expression"); 4063 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 4064 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 4065 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type); 4066 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type); 4067 return true; 4068 } 4069 break; 4070 4071 case FMA_EXPR: 4072 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type) 4073 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs2_type) 4074 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs3_type)) 4075 { 4076 error ("type mismatch in fused multiply-add expression"); 4077 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 4078 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 4079 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type); 4080 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type); 4081 return true; 4082 } 4083 break; 4084 4085 case VEC_COND_EXPR: 4086 if (!VECTOR_BOOLEAN_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) 4087 || TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs1_type) 4088 != TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (lhs_type)) 4089 { 4090 error ("the first argument of a VEC_COND_EXPR must be of a " 4091 "boolean vector type of the same number of elements " 4092 "as the result"); 4093 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 4094 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 4095 return true; 4096 } 4097 /* Fallthrough. */ 4098 case COND_EXPR: 4099 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs2_type) 4100 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs3_type)) 4101 { 4102 error ("type mismatch in conditional expression"); 4103 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 4104 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type); 4105 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type); 4106 return true; 4107 } 4108 break; 4109 4110 case VEC_PERM_EXPR: 4111 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type) 4112 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs2_type)) 4113 { 4114 error ("type mismatch in vector permute expression"); 4115 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 4116 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 4117 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type); 4118 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type); 4119 return true; 4120 } 4121 4122 if (TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE 4123 || TREE_CODE (rhs2_type) != VECTOR_TYPE 4124 || TREE_CODE (rhs3_type) != VECTOR_TYPE) 4125 { 4126 error ("vector types expected in vector permute expression"); 4127 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 4128 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 4129 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type); 4130 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type); 4131 return true; 4132 } 4133 4134 if (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs1_type) != TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs2_type) 4135 || TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs2_type) 4136 != TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs3_type) 4137 || TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs3_type) 4138 != TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (lhs_type)) 4139 { 4140 error ("vectors with different element number found " 4141 "in vector permute expression"); 4142 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 4143 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 4144 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type); 4145 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type); 4146 return true; 4147 } 4148 4149 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (rhs3_type)) != INTEGER_TYPE 4150 || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (rhs3_type))) 4151 != GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type)))) 4152 { 4153 error ("invalid mask type in vector permute expression"); 4154 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 4155 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 4156 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type); 4157 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type); 4158 return true; 4159 } 4160 4161 return false; 4162 4163 case SAD_EXPR: 4164 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (rhs1_type, rhs2_type) 4165 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs3_type) 4166 || 2 * GET_MODE_UNIT_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type))) 4167 > GET_MODE_UNIT_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type)))) 4168 { 4169 error ("type mismatch in sad expression"); 4170 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 4171 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 4172 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type); 4173 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type); 4174 return true; 4175 } 4176 4177 if (TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE 4178 || TREE_CODE (rhs2_type) != VECTOR_TYPE 4179 || TREE_CODE (rhs3_type) != VECTOR_TYPE) 4180 { 4181 error ("vector types expected in sad expression"); 4182 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 4183 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 4184 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type); 4185 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type); 4186 return true; 4187 } 4188 4189 return false; 4190 4191 case BIT_INSERT_EXPR: 4192 if (! useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type)) 4193 { 4194 error ("type mismatch in BIT_INSERT_EXPR"); 4195 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 4196 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 4197 return true; 4198 } 4199 if (! ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) 4200 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs2_type)) 4201 || (VECTOR_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) 4202 && types_compatible_p (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type), rhs2_type)))) 4203 { 4204 error ("not allowed type combination in BIT_INSERT_EXPR"); 4205 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 4206 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type); 4207 return true; 4208 } 4209 if (! tree_fits_uhwi_p (rhs3) 4210 || ! tree_fits_uhwi_p (TYPE_SIZE (rhs2_type))) 4211 { 4212 error ("invalid position or size in BIT_INSERT_EXPR"); 4213 return true; 4214 } 4215 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)) 4216 { 4217 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos = tree_to_uhwi (rhs3); 4218 if (bitpos >= TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type) 4219 || (bitpos + TYPE_PRECISION (rhs2_type) 4220 > TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type))) 4221 { 4222 error ("insertion out of range in BIT_INSERT_EXPR"); 4223 return true; 4224 } 4225 } 4226 else if (VECTOR_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)) 4227 { 4228 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos = tree_to_uhwi (rhs3); 4229 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (rhs2_type)); 4230 if (bitpos % bitsize != 0) 4231 { 4232 error ("vector insertion not at element boundary"); 4233 return true; 4234 } 4235 } 4236 return false; 4237 4238 case DOT_PROD_EXPR: 4239 case REALIGN_LOAD_EXPR: 4240 /* FIXME. */ 4241 return false; 4242 4243 default: 4244 gcc_unreachable (); 4245 } 4246 return false; 4247 } 4248 4249 /* Verify a gimple assignment statement STMT with a single rhs. 4250 Returns true if anything is wrong. */ 4251 4252 static bool 4253 verify_gimple_assign_single (gassign *stmt) 4254 { 4255 enum tree_code rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt); 4256 tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt); 4257 tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs); 4258 tree rhs1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt); 4259 tree rhs1_type = TREE_TYPE (rhs1); 4260 bool res = false; 4261 4262 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type)) 4263 { 4264 error ("non-trivial conversion at assignment"); 4265 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type); 4266 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type); 4267 return true; 4268 } 4269 4270 if (gimple_clobber_p (stmt) 4271 && !(DECL_P (lhs) || TREE_CODE (lhs) == MEM_REF)) 4272 { 4273 error ("non-decl/MEM_REF LHS in clobber statement"); 4274 debug_generic_expr (lhs); 4275 return true; 4276 } 4277 4278 if (handled_component_p (lhs) 4279 || TREE_CODE (lhs) == MEM_REF 4280 || TREE_CODE (lhs) == TARGET_MEM_REF) 4281 res |= verify_types_in_gimple_reference (lhs, true); 4282 4283 /* Special codes we cannot handle via their class. */ 4284 switch (rhs_code) 4285 { 4286 case ADDR_EXPR: 4287 { 4288 tree op = TREE_OPERAND (rhs1, 0); 4289 if (!is_gimple_addressable (op)) 4290 { 4291 error ("invalid operand in unary expression"); 4292 return true; 4293 } 4294 4295 /* Technically there is no longer a need for matching types, but 4296 gimple hygiene asks for this check. In LTO we can end up 4297 combining incompatible units and thus end up with addresses 4298 of globals that change their type to a common one. */ 4299 if (!in_lto_p 4300 && !types_compatible_p (TREE_TYPE (op), 4301 TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (rhs1))) 4302 && !one_pointer_to_useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (rhs1), 4303 TREE_TYPE (op))) 4304 { 4305 error ("type mismatch in address expression"); 4306 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)); 4307 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (op)); 4308 return true; 4309 } 4310 4311 return verify_types_in_gimple_reference (op, true); 4312 } 4313 4314 /* tcc_reference */ 4315 case INDIRECT_REF: 4316 error ("INDIRECT_REF in gimple IL"); 4317 return true; 4318 4319 case COMPONENT_REF: 4320 case BIT_FIELD_REF: 4321 case ARRAY_REF: 4322 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF: 4323 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: 4324 case REALPART_EXPR: 4325 case IMAGPART_EXPR: 4326 case TARGET_MEM_REF: 4327 case MEM_REF: 4328 if (!is_gimple_reg (lhs) 4329 && is_gimple_reg_type (TREE_TYPE (lhs))) 4330 { 4331 error ("invalid rhs for gimple memory store"); 4332 debug_generic_stmt (lhs); 4333 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1); 4334 return true; 4335 } 4336 return res || verify_types_in_gimple_reference (rhs1, false); 4337 4338 /* tcc_constant */ 4339 case SSA_NAME: 4340 case INTEGER_CST: 4341 case REAL_CST: 4342 case FIXED_CST: 4343 case COMPLEX_CST: 4344 case VECTOR_CST: 4345 case STRING_CST: 4346 return res; 4347 4348 /* tcc_declaration */ 4349 case CONST_DECL: 4350 return res; 4351 case VAR_DECL: 4352 case PARM_DECL: 4353 if (!is_gimple_reg (lhs) 4354 && !is_gimple_reg (rhs1) 4355 && is_gimple_reg_type (TREE_TYPE (lhs))) 4356 { 4357 error ("invalid rhs for gimple memory store"); 4358 debug_generic_stmt (lhs); 4359 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1); 4360 return true; 4361 } 4362 return res; 4363 4364 case CONSTRUCTOR: 4365 if (TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) == VECTOR_TYPE) 4366 { 4367 unsigned int i; 4368 tree elt_i, elt_v, elt_t = NULL_TREE; 4369 4370 if (CONSTRUCTOR_NELTS (rhs1) == 0) 4371 return res; 4372 /* For vector CONSTRUCTORs we require that either it is empty 4373 CONSTRUCTOR, or it is a CONSTRUCTOR of smaller vector elements 4374 (then the element count must be correct to cover the whole 4375 outer vector and index must be NULL on all elements, or it is 4376 a CONSTRUCTOR of scalar elements, where we as an exception allow 4377 smaller number of elements (assuming zero filling) and 4378 consecutive indexes as compared to NULL indexes (such 4379 CONSTRUCTORs can appear in the IL from FEs). */ 4380 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (rhs1), i, elt_i, elt_v) 4381 { 4382 if (elt_t == NULL_TREE) 4383 { 4384 elt_t = TREE_TYPE (elt_v); 4385 if (TREE_CODE (elt_t) == VECTOR_TYPE) 4386 { 4387 tree elt_t = TREE_TYPE (elt_v); 4388 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type), 4389 TREE_TYPE (elt_t))) 4390 { 4391 error ("incorrect type of vector CONSTRUCTOR" 4392 " elements"); 4393 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1); 4394 return true; 4395 } 4396 else if (CONSTRUCTOR_NELTS (rhs1) 4397 * TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (elt_t) 4398 != TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs1_type)) 4399 { 4400 error ("incorrect number of vector CONSTRUCTOR" 4401 " elements"); 4402 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1); 4403 return true; 4404 } 4405 } 4406 else if (!useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type), 4407 elt_t)) 4408 { 4409 error ("incorrect type of vector CONSTRUCTOR elements"); 4410 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1); 4411 return true; 4412 } 4413 else if (CONSTRUCTOR_NELTS (rhs1) 4414 > TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs1_type)) 4415 { 4416 error ("incorrect number of vector CONSTRUCTOR elements"); 4417 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1); 4418 return true; 4419 } 4420 } 4421 else if (!useless_type_conversion_p (elt_t, TREE_TYPE (elt_v))) 4422 { 4423 error ("incorrect type of vector CONSTRUCTOR elements"); 4424 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1); 4425 return true; 4426 } 4427 if (elt_i != NULL_TREE 4428 && (TREE_CODE (elt_t) == VECTOR_TYPE 4429 || TREE_CODE (elt_i) != INTEGER_CST 4430 || compare_tree_int (elt_i, i) != 0)) 4431 { 4432 error ("vector CONSTRUCTOR with non-NULL element index"); 4433 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1); 4434 return true; 4435 } 4436 if (!is_gimple_val (elt_v)) 4437 { 4438 error ("vector CONSTRUCTOR element is not a GIMPLE value"); 4439 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1); 4440 return true; 4441 } 4442 } 4443 } 4444 else if (CONSTRUCTOR_NELTS (rhs1) != 0) 4445 { 4446 error ("non-vector CONSTRUCTOR with elements"); 4447 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1); 4448 return true; 4449 } 4450 return res; 4451 case OBJ_TYPE_REF: 4452 case ASSERT_EXPR: 4453 case WITH_SIZE_EXPR: 4454 /* FIXME. */ 4455 return res; 4456 4457 default:; 4458 } 4459 4460 return res; 4461 } 4462 4463 /* Verify the contents of a GIMPLE_ASSIGN STMT. Returns true when there 4464 is a problem, otherwise false. */ 4465 4466 static bool 4467 verify_gimple_assign (gassign *stmt) 4468 { 4469 switch (gimple_assign_rhs_class (stmt)) 4470 { 4471 case GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS: 4472 return verify_gimple_assign_single (stmt); 4473 4474 case GIMPLE_UNARY_RHS: 4475 return verify_gimple_assign_unary (stmt); 4476 4477 case GIMPLE_BINARY_RHS: 4478 return verify_gimple_assign_binary (stmt); 4479 4480 case GIMPLE_TERNARY_RHS: 4481 return verify_gimple_assign_ternary (stmt); 4482 4483 default: 4484 gcc_unreachable (); 4485 } 4486 } 4487 4488 /* Verify the contents of a GIMPLE_RETURN STMT. Returns true when there 4489 is a problem, otherwise false. */ 4490 4491 static bool 4492 verify_gimple_return (greturn *stmt) 4493 { 4494 tree op = gimple_return_retval (stmt); 4495 tree restype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (cfun->decl)); 4496 4497 /* We cannot test for present return values as we do not fix up missing 4498 return values from the original source. */ 4499 if (op == NULL) 4500 return false; 4501 4502 if (!is_gimple_val (op) 4503 && TREE_CODE (op) != RESULT_DECL) 4504 { 4505 error ("invalid operand in return statement"); 4506 debug_generic_stmt (op); 4507 return true; 4508 } 4509 4510 if ((TREE_CODE (op) == RESULT_DECL 4511 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (op)) 4512 || (TREE_CODE (op) == SSA_NAME 4513 && SSA_NAME_VAR (op) 4514 && TREE_CODE (SSA_NAME_VAR (op)) == RESULT_DECL 4515 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (SSA_NAME_VAR (op)))) 4516 op = TREE_TYPE (op); 4517 4518 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (restype, TREE_TYPE (op))) 4519 { 4520 error ("invalid conversion in return statement"); 4521 debug_generic_stmt (restype); 4522 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (op)); 4523 return true; 4524 } 4525 4526 return false; 4527 } 4528 4529 4530 /* Verify the contents of a GIMPLE_GOTO STMT. Returns true when there 4531 is a problem, otherwise false. */ 4532 4533 static bool 4534 verify_gimple_goto (ggoto *stmt) 4535 { 4536 tree dest = gimple_goto_dest (stmt); 4537 4538 /* ??? We have two canonical forms of direct goto destinations, a 4539 bare LABEL_DECL and an ADDR_EXPR of a LABEL_DECL. */ 4540 if (TREE_CODE (dest) != LABEL_DECL 4541 && (!is_gimple_val (dest) 4542 || !POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (dest)))) 4543 { 4544 error ("goto destination is neither a label nor a pointer"); 4545 return true; 4546 } 4547 4548 return false; 4549 } 4550 4551 /* Verify the contents of a GIMPLE_SWITCH STMT. Returns true when there 4552 is a problem, otherwise false. */ 4553 4554 static bool 4555 verify_gimple_switch (gswitch *stmt) 4556 { 4557 unsigned int i, n; 4558 tree elt, prev_upper_bound = NULL_TREE; 4559 tree index_type, elt_type = NULL_TREE; 4560 4561 if (!is_gimple_val (gimple_switch_index (stmt))) 4562 { 4563 error ("invalid operand to switch statement"); 4564 debug_generic_stmt (gimple_switch_index (stmt)); 4565 return true; 4566 } 4567 4568 index_type = TREE_TYPE (gimple_switch_index (stmt)); 4569 if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (index_type)) 4570 { 4571 error ("non-integral type switch statement"); 4572 debug_generic_expr (index_type); 4573 return true; 4574 } 4575 4576 elt = gimple_switch_label (stmt, 0); 4577 if (CASE_LOW (elt) != NULL_TREE || CASE_HIGH (elt) != NULL_TREE) 4578 { 4579 error ("invalid default case label in switch statement"); 4580 debug_generic_expr (elt); 4581 return true; 4582 } 4583 4584 n = gimple_switch_num_labels (stmt); 4585 for (i = 1; i < n; i++) 4586 { 4587 elt = gimple_switch_label (stmt, i); 4588 4589 if (! CASE_LOW (elt)) 4590 { 4591 error ("invalid case label in switch statement"); 4592 debug_generic_expr (elt); 4593 return true; 4594 } 4595 if (CASE_HIGH (elt) 4596 && ! tree_int_cst_lt (CASE_LOW (elt), CASE_HIGH (elt))) 4597 { 4598 error ("invalid case range in switch statement"); 4599 debug_generic_expr (elt); 4600 return true; 4601 } 4602 4603 if (elt_type) 4604 { 4605 if (TREE_TYPE (CASE_LOW (elt)) != elt_type 4606 || (CASE_HIGH (elt) && TREE_TYPE (CASE_HIGH (elt)) != elt_type)) 4607 { 4608 error ("type mismatch for case label in switch statement"); 4609 debug_generic_expr (elt); 4610 return true; 4611 } 4612 } 4613 else 4614 { 4615 elt_type = TREE_TYPE (CASE_LOW (elt)); 4616 if (TYPE_PRECISION (index_type) < TYPE_PRECISION (elt_type)) 4617 { 4618 error ("type precision mismatch in switch statement"); 4619 return true; 4620 } 4621 } 4622 4623 if (prev_upper_bound) 4624 { 4625 if (! tree_int_cst_lt (prev_upper_bound, CASE_LOW (elt))) 4626 { 4627 error ("case labels not sorted in switch statement"); 4628 return true; 4629 } 4630 } 4631 4632 prev_upper_bound = CASE_HIGH (elt); 4633 if (! prev_upper_bound) 4634 prev_upper_bound = CASE_LOW (elt); 4635 } 4636 4637 return false; 4638 } 4639 4640 /* Verify a gimple debug statement STMT. 4641 Returns true if anything is wrong. */ 4642 4643 static bool 4644 verify_gimple_debug (gimple *stmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 4645 { 4646 /* There isn't much that could be wrong in a gimple debug stmt. A 4647 gimple debug bind stmt, for example, maps a tree, that's usually 4648 a VAR_DECL or a PARM_DECL, but that could also be some scalarized 4649 component or member of an aggregate type, to another tree, that 4650 can be an arbitrary expression. These stmts expand into debug 4651 insns, and are converted to debug notes by var-tracking.c. */ 4652 return false; 4653 } 4654 4655 /* Verify a gimple label statement STMT. 4656 Returns true if anything is wrong. */ 4657 4658 static bool 4659 verify_gimple_label (glabel *stmt) 4660 { 4661 tree decl = gimple_label_label (stmt); 4662 int uid; 4663 bool err = false; 4664 4665 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != LABEL_DECL) 4666 return true; 4667 if (!DECL_NONLOCAL (decl) && !FORCED_LABEL (decl) 4668 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) != current_function_decl) 4669 { 4670 error ("label's context is not the current function decl"); 4671 err |= true; 4672 } 4673 4674 uid = LABEL_DECL_UID (decl); 4675 if (cfun->cfg 4676 && (uid == -1 4677 || (*label_to_block_map_for_fn (cfun))[uid] != gimple_bb (stmt))) 4678 { 4679 error ("incorrect entry in label_to_block_map"); 4680 err |= true; 4681 } 4682 4683 uid = EH_LANDING_PAD_NR (decl); 4684 if (uid) 4685 { 4686 eh_landing_pad lp = get_eh_landing_pad_from_number (uid); 4687 if (decl != lp->post_landing_pad) 4688 { 4689 error ("incorrect setting of landing pad number"); 4690 err |= true; 4691 } 4692 } 4693 4694 return err; 4695 } 4696 4697 /* Verify a gimple cond statement STMT. 4698 Returns true if anything is wrong. */ 4699 4700 static bool 4701 verify_gimple_cond (gcond *stmt) 4702 { 4703 if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (gimple_cond_code (stmt)) != tcc_comparison) 4704 { 4705 error ("invalid comparison code in gimple cond"); 4706 return true; 4707 } 4708 if (!(!gimple_cond_true_label (stmt) 4709 || TREE_CODE (gimple_cond_true_label (stmt)) == LABEL_DECL) 4710 || !(!gimple_cond_false_label (stmt) 4711 || TREE_CODE (gimple_cond_false_label (stmt)) == LABEL_DECL)) 4712 { 4713 error ("invalid labels in gimple cond"); 4714 return true; 4715 } 4716 4717 return verify_gimple_comparison (boolean_type_node, 4718 gimple_cond_lhs (stmt), 4719 gimple_cond_rhs (stmt), 4720 gimple_cond_code (stmt)); 4721 } 4722 4723 /* Verify the GIMPLE statement STMT. Returns true if there is an 4724 error, otherwise false. */ 4725 4726 static bool 4727 verify_gimple_stmt (gimple *stmt) 4728 { 4729 switch (gimple_code (stmt)) 4730 { 4731 case GIMPLE_ASSIGN: 4732 return verify_gimple_assign (as_a <gassign *> (stmt)); 4733 4734 case GIMPLE_LABEL: 4735 return verify_gimple_label (as_a <glabel *> (stmt)); 4736 4737 case GIMPLE_CALL: 4738 return verify_gimple_call (as_a <gcall *> (stmt)); 4739 4740 case GIMPLE_COND: 4741 return verify_gimple_cond (as_a <gcond *> (stmt)); 4742 4743 case GIMPLE_GOTO: 4744 return verify_gimple_goto (as_a <ggoto *> (stmt)); 4745 4746 case GIMPLE_SWITCH: 4747 return verify_gimple_switch (as_a <gswitch *> (stmt)); 4748 4749 case GIMPLE_RETURN: 4750 return verify_gimple_return (as_a <greturn *> (stmt)); 4751 4752 case GIMPLE_ASM: 4753 return false; 4754 4755 case GIMPLE_TRANSACTION: 4756 return verify_gimple_transaction (as_a <gtransaction *> (stmt)); 4757 4758 /* Tuples that do not have tree operands. */ 4759 case GIMPLE_NOP: 4760 case GIMPLE_PREDICT: 4761 case GIMPLE_RESX: 4762 case GIMPLE_EH_DISPATCH: 4763 case GIMPLE_EH_MUST_NOT_THROW: 4764 return false; 4765 4766 CASE_GIMPLE_OMP: 4767 /* OpenMP directives are validated by the FE and never operated 4768 on by the optimizers. Furthermore, GIMPLE_OMP_FOR may contain 4769 non-gimple expressions when the main index variable has had 4770 its address taken. This does not affect the loop itself 4771 because the header of an GIMPLE_OMP_FOR is merely used to determine 4772 how to setup the parallel iteration. */ 4773 return false; 4774 4775 case GIMPLE_DEBUG: 4776 return verify_gimple_debug (stmt); 4777 4778 default: 4779 gcc_unreachable (); 4780 } 4781 } 4782 4783 /* Verify the contents of a GIMPLE_PHI. Returns true if there is a problem, 4784 and false otherwise. */ 4785 4786 static bool 4787 verify_gimple_phi (gimple *phi) 4788 { 4789 bool err = false; 4790 unsigned i; 4791 tree phi_result = gimple_phi_result (phi); 4792 bool virtual_p; 4793 4794 if (!phi_result) 4795 { 4796 error ("invalid PHI result"); 4797 return true; 4798 } 4799 4800 virtual_p = virtual_operand_p (phi_result); 4801 if (TREE_CODE (phi_result) != SSA_NAME 4802 || (virtual_p 4803 && SSA_NAME_VAR (phi_result) != gimple_vop (cfun))) 4804 { 4805 error ("invalid PHI result"); 4806 err = true; 4807 } 4808 4809 for (i = 0; i < gimple_phi_num_args (phi); i++) 4810 { 4811 tree t = gimple_phi_arg_def (phi, i); 4812 4813 if (!t) 4814 { 4815 error ("missing PHI def"); 4816 err |= true; 4817 continue; 4818 } 4819 /* Addressable variables do have SSA_NAMEs but they 4820 are not considered gimple values. */ 4821 else if ((TREE_CODE (t) == SSA_NAME 4822 && virtual_p != virtual_operand_p (t)) 4823 || (virtual_p 4824 && (TREE_CODE (t) != SSA_NAME 4825 || SSA_NAME_VAR (t) != gimple_vop (cfun))) 4826 || (!virtual_p 4827 && !is_gimple_val (t))) 4828 { 4829 error ("invalid PHI argument"); 4830 debug_generic_expr (t); 4831 err |= true; 4832 } 4833 #ifdef ENABLE_TYPES_CHECKING 4834 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (phi_result), TREE_TYPE (t))) 4835 { 4836 error ("incompatible types in PHI argument %u", i); 4837 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (phi_result)); 4838 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (t)); 4839 err |= true; 4840 } 4841 #endif 4842 } 4843 4844 return err; 4845 } 4846 4847 /* Verify the GIMPLE statements inside the sequence STMTS. */ 4848 4849 static bool 4850 verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_seq stmts) 4851 { 4852 gimple_stmt_iterator ittr; 4853 bool err = false; 4854 4855 for (ittr = gsi_start (stmts); !gsi_end_p (ittr); gsi_next (&ittr)) 4856 { 4857 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (ittr); 4858 4859 switch (gimple_code (stmt)) 4860 { 4861 case GIMPLE_BIND: 4862 err |= verify_gimple_in_seq_2 ( 4863 gimple_bind_body (as_a <gbind *> (stmt))); 4864 break; 4865 4866 case GIMPLE_TRY: 4867 err |= verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_try_eval (stmt)); 4868 err |= verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_try_cleanup (stmt)); 4869 break; 4870 4871 case GIMPLE_EH_FILTER: 4872 err |= verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_eh_filter_failure (stmt)); 4873 break; 4874 4875 case GIMPLE_EH_ELSE: 4876 { 4877 geh_else *eh_else = as_a <geh_else *> (stmt); 4878 err |= verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_eh_else_n_body (eh_else)); 4879 err |= verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_eh_else_e_body (eh_else)); 4880 } 4881 break; 4882 4883 case GIMPLE_CATCH: 4884 err |= verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_catch_handler ( 4885 as_a <gcatch *> (stmt))); 4886 break; 4887 4888 case GIMPLE_TRANSACTION: 4889 err |= verify_gimple_transaction (as_a <gtransaction *> (stmt)); 4890 break; 4891 4892 default: 4893 { 4894 bool err2 = verify_gimple_stmt (stmt); 4895 if (err2) 4896 debug_gimple_stmt (stmt); 4897 err |= err2; 4898 } 4899 } 4900 } 4901 4902 return err; 4903 } 4904 4905 /* Verify the contents of a GIMPLE_TRANSACTION. Returns true if there 4906 is a problem, otherwise false. */ 4907 4908 static bool 4909 verify_gimple_transaction (gtransaction *stmt) 4910 { 4911 tree lab; 4912 4913 lab = gimple_transaction_label_norm (stmt); 4914 if (lab != NULL && TREE_CODE (lab) != LABEL_DECL) 4915 return true; 4916 lab = gimple_transaction_label_uninst (stmt); 4917 if (lab != NULL && TREE_CODE (lab) != LABEL_DECL) 4918 return true; 4919 lab = gimple_transaction_label_over (stmt); 4920 if (lab != NULL && TREE_CODE (lab) != LABEL_DECL) 4921 return true; 4922 4923 return verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_transaction_body (stmt)); 4924 } 4925 4926 4927 /* Verify the GIMPLE statements inside the statement list STMTS. */ 4928 4929 DEBUG_FUNCTION void 4930 verify_gimple_in_seq (gimple_seq stmts) 4931 { 4932 timevar_push (TV_TREE_STMT_VERIFY); 4933 if (verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (stmts)) 4934 internal_error ("verify_gimple failed"); 4935 timevar_pop (TV_TREE_STMT_VERIFY); 4936 } 4937 4938 /* Return true when the T can be shared. */ 4939 4940 static bool 4941 tree_node_can_be_shared (tree t) 4942 { 4943 if (IS_TYPE_OR_DECL_P (t) 4944 || is_gimple_min_invariant (t) 4945 || TREE_CODE (t) == SSA_NAME 4946 || t == error_mark_node 4947 || TREE_CODE (t) == IDENTIFIER_NODE) 4948 return true; 4949 4950 if (TREE_CODE (t) == CASE_LABEL_EXPR) 4951 return true; 4952 4953 if (DECL_P (t)) 4954 return true; 4955 4956 return false; 4957 } 4958 4959 /* Called via walk_tree. Verify tree sharing. */ 4960 4961 static tree 4962 verify_node_sharing_1 (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *data) 4963 { 4964 hash_set<void *> *visited = (hash_set<void *> *) data; 4965 4966 if (tree_node_can_be_shared (*tp)) 4967 { 4968 *walk_subtrees = false; 4969 return NULL; 4970 } 4971 4972 if (visited->add (*tp)) 4973 return *tp; 4974 4975 return NULL; 4976 } 4977 4978 /* Called via walk_gimple_stmt. Verify tree sharing. */ 4979 4980 static tree 4981 verify_node_sharing (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *data) 4982 { 4983 struct walk_stmt_info *wi = (struct walk_stmt_info *) data; 4984 return verify_node_sharing_1 (tp, walk_subtrees, wi->info); 4985 } 4986 4987 static bool eh_error_found; 4988 bool 4989 verify_eh_throw_stmt_node (gimple *const &stmt, const int &, 4990 hash_set<gimple *> *visited) 4991 { 4992 if (!visited->contains (stmt)) 4993 { 4994 error ("dead STMT in EH table"); 4995 debug_gimple_stmt (stmt); 4996 eh_error_found = true; 4997 } 4998 return true; 4999 } 5000 5001 /* Verify if the location LOCs block is in BLOCKS. */ 5002 5003 static bool 5004 verify_location (hash_set<tree> *blocks, location_t loc) 5005 { 5006 tree block = LOCATION_BLOCK (loc); 5007 if (block != NULL_TREE 5008 && !blocks->contains (block)) 5009 { 5010 error ("location references block not in block tree"); 5011 return true; 5012 } 5013 if (block != NULL_TREE) 5014 return verify_location (blocks, BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (block)); 5015 return false; 5016 } 5017 5018 /* Called via walk_tree. Verify that expressions have no blocks. */ 5019 5020 static tree 5021 verify_expr_no_block (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *) 5022 { 5023 if (!EXPR_P (*tp)) 5024 { 5025 *walk_subtrees = false; 5026 return NULL; 5027 } 5028 5029 location_t loc = EXPR_LOCATION (*tp); 5030 if (LOCATION_BLOCK (loc) != NULL) 5031 return *tp; 5032 5033 return NULL; 5034 } 5035 5036 /* Called via walk_tree. Verify locations of expressions. */ 5037 5038 static tree 5039 verify_expr_location_1 (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *data) 5040 { 5041 hash_set<tree> *blocks = (hash_set<tree> *) data; 5042 5043 if (VAR_P (*tp) && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_EXPR_P (*tp)) 5044 { 5045 tree t = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (*tp); 5046 tree addr = walk_tree (&t, verify_expr_no_block, NULL, NULL); 5047 if (addr) 5048 return addr; 5049 } 5050 if ((VAR_P (*tp) 5051 || TREE_CODE (*tp) == PARM_DECL 5052 || TREE_CODE (*tp) == RESULT_DECL) 5053 && DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (*tp)) 5054 { 5055 tree t = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (*tp); 5056 tree addr = walk_tree (&t, verify_expr_no_block, NULL, NULL); 5057 if (addr) 5058 return addr; 5059 } 5060 5061 if (!EXPR_P (*tp)) 5062 { 5063 *walk_subtrees = false; 5064 return NULL; 5065 } 5066 5067 location_t loc = EXPR_LOCATION (*tp); 5068 if (verify_location (blocks, loc)) 5069 return *tp; 5070 5071 return NULL; 5072 } 5073 5074 /* Called via walk_gimple_op. Verify locations of expressions. */ 5075 5076 static tree 5077 verify_expr_location (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *data) 5078 { 5079 struct walk_stmt_info *wi = (struct walk_stmt_info *) data; 5080 return verify_expr_location_1 (tp, walk_subtrees, wi->info); 5081 } 5082 5083 /* Insert all subblocks of BLOCK into BLOCKS and recurse. */ 5084 5085 static void 5086 collect_subblocks (hash_set<tree> *blocks, tree block) 5087 { 5088 tree t; 5089 for (t = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block); t; t = BLOCK_CHAIN (t)) 5090 { 5091 blocks->add (t); 5092 collect_subblocks (blocks, t); 5093 } 5094 } 5095 5096 /* Verify the GIMPLE statements in the CFG of FN. */ 5097 5098 DEBUG_FUNCTION void 5099 verify_gimple_in_cfg (struct function *fn, bool verify_nothrow) 5100 { 5101 basic_block bb; 5102 bool err = false; 5103 5104 timevar_push (TV_TREE_STMT_VERIFY); 5105 hash_set<void *> visited; 5106 hash_set<gimple *> visited_stmts; 5107 5108 /* Collect all BLOCKs referenced by the BLOCK tree of FN. */ 5109 hash_set<tree> blocks; 5110 if (DECL_INITIAL (fn->decl)) 5111 { 5112 blocks.add (DECL_INITIAL (fn->decl)); 5113 collect_subblocks (&blocks, DECL_INITIAL (fn->decl)); 5114 } 5115 5116 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, fn) 5117 { 5118 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi; 5119 5120 for (gphi_iterator gpi = gsi_start_phis (bb); 5121 !gsi_end_p (gpi); 5122 gsi_next (&gpi)) 5123 { 5124 gphi *phi = gpi.phi (); 5125 bool err2 = false; 5126 unsigned i; 5127 5128 visited_stmts.add (phi); 5129 5130 if (gimple_bb (phi) != bb) 5131 { 5132 error ("gimple_bb (phi) is set to a wrong basic block"); 5133 err2 = true; 5134 } 5135 5136 err2 |= verify_gimple_phi (phi); 5137 5138 /* Only PHI arguments have locations. */ 5139 if (gimple_location (phi) != UNKNOWN_LOCATION) 5140 { 5141 error ("PHI node with location"); 5142 err2 = true; 5143 } 5144 5145 for (i = 0; i < gimple_phi_num_args (phi); i++) 5146 { 5147 tree arg = gimple_phi_arg_def (phi, i); 5148 tree addr = walk_tree (&arg, verify_node_sharing_1, 5149 &visited, NULL); 5150 if (addr) 5151 { 5152 error ("incorrect sharing of tree nodes"); 5153 debug_generic_expr (addr); 5154 err2 |= true; 5155 } 5156 location_t loc = gimple_phi_arg_location (phi, i); 5157 if (virtual_operand_p (gimple_phi_result (phi)) 5158 && loc != UNKNOWN_LOCATION) 5159 { 5160 error ("virtual PHI with argument locations"); 5161 err2 = true; 5162 } 5163 addr = walk_tree (&arg, verify_expr_location_1, &blocks, NULL); 5164 if (addr) 5165 { 5166 debug_generic_expr (addr); 5167 err2 = true; 5168 } 5169 err2 |= verify_location (&blocks, loc); 5170 } 5171 5172 if (err2) 5173 debug_gimple_stmt (phi); 5174 err |= err2; 5175 } 5176 5177 for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi)) 5178 { 5179 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 5180 bool err2 = false; 5181 struct walk_stmt_info wi; 5182 tree addr; 5183 int lp_nr; 5184 5185 visited_stmts.add (stmt); 5186 5187 if (gimple_bb (stmt) != bb) 5188 { 5189 error ("gimple_bb (stmt) is set to a wrong basic block"); 5190 err2 = true; 5191 } 5192 5193 err2 |= verify_gimple_stmt (stmt); 5194 err2 |= verify_location (&blocks, gimple_location (stmt)); 5195 5196 memset (&wi, 0, sizeof (wi)); 5197 wi.info = (void *) &visited; 5198 addr = walk_gimple_op (stmt, verify_node_sharing, &wi); 5199 if (addr) 5200 { 5201 error ("incorrect sharing of tree nodes"); 5202 debug_generic_expr (addr); 5203 err2 |= true; 5204 } 5205 5206 memset (&wi, 0, sizeof (wi)); 5207 wi.info = (void *) &blocks; 5208 addr = walk_gimple_op (stmt, verify_expr_location, &wi); 5209 if (addr) 5210 { 5211 debug_generic_expr (addr); 5212 err2 |= true; 5213 } 5214 5215 /* ??? Instead of not checking these stmts at all the walker 5216 should know its context via wi. */ 5217 if (!is_gimple_debug (stmt) 5218 && !is_gimple_omp (stmt)) 5219 { 5220 memset (&wi, 0, sizeof (wi)); 5221 addr = walk_gimple_op (stmt, verify_expr, &wi); 5222 if (addr) 5223 { 5224 debug_generic_expr (addr); 5225 inform (gimple_location (stmt), "in statement"); 5226 err2 |= true; 5227 } 5228 } 5229 5230 /* If the statement is marked as part of an EH region, then it is 5231 expected that the statement could throw. Verify that when we 5232 have optimizations that simplify statements such that we prove 5233 that they cannot throw, that we update other data structures 5234 to match. */ 5235 lp_nr = lookup_stmt_eh_lp (stmt); 5236 if (lp_nr > 0) 5237 { 5238 if (!stmt_could_throw_p (stmt)) 5239 { 5240 if (verify_nothrow) 5241 { 5242 error ("statement marked for throw, but doesn%'t"); 5243 err2 |= true; 5244 } 5245 } 5246 else if (!gsi_one_before_end_p (gsi)) 5247 { 5248 error ("statement marked for throw in middle of block"); 5249 err2 |= true; 5250 } 5251 } 5252 5253 if (err2) 5254 debug_gimple_stmt (stmt); 5255 err |= err2; 5256 } 5257 } 5258 5259 eh_error_found = false; 5260 hash_map<gimple *, int> *eh_table = get_eh_throw_stmt_table (cfun); 5261 if (eh_table) 5262 eh_table->traverse<hash_set<gimple *> *, verify_eh_throw_stmt_node> 5263 (&visited_stmts); 5264 5265 if (err || eh_error_found) 5266 internal_error ("verify_gimple failed"); 5267 5268 verify_histograms (); 5269 timevar_pop (TV_TREE_STMT_VERIFY); 5270 } 5271 5272 5273 /* Verifies that the flow information is OK. */ 5274 5275 static int 5276 gimple_verify_flow_info (void) 5277 { 5278 int err = 0; 5279 basic_block bb; 5280 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi; 5281 gimple *stmt; 5282 edge e; 5283 edge_iterator ei; 5284 5285 if (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->il.gimple.seq 5286 || ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->il.gimple.phi_nodes) 5287 { 5288 error ("ENTRY_BLOCK has IL associated with it"); 5289 err = 1; 5290 } 5291 5292 if (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->il.gimple.seq 5293 || EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->il.gimple.phi_nodes) 5294 { 5295 error ("EXIT_BLOCK has IL associated with it"); 5296 err = 1; 5297 } 5298 5299 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->preds) 5300 if (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU) 5301 { 5302 error ("fallthru to exit from bb %d", e->src->index); 5303 err = 1; 5304 } 5305 5306 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun) 5307 { 5308 bool found_ctrl_stmt = false; 5309 5310 stmt = NULL; 5311 5312 /* Skip labels on the start of basic block. */ 5313 for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi)) 5314 { 5315 tree label; 5316 gimple *prev_stmt = stmt; 5317 5318 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 5319 5320 if (gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_LABEL) 5321 break; 5322 5323 label = gimple_label_label (as_a <glabel *> (stmt)); 5324 if (prev_stmt && DECL_NONLOCAL (label)) 5325 { 5326 error ("nonlocal label "); 5327 print_generic_expr (stderr, label, 0); 5328 fprintf (stderr, " is not first in a sequence of labels in bb %d", 5329 bb->index); 5330 err = 1; 5331 } 5332 5333 if (prev_stmt && EH_LANDING_PAD_NR (label) != 0) 5334 { 5335 error ("EH landing pad label "); 5336 print_generic_expr (stderr, label, 0); 5337 fprintf (stderr, " is not first in a sequence of labels in bb %d", 5338 bb->index); 5339 err = 1; 5340 } 5341 5342 if (label_to_block (label) != bb) 5343 { 5344 error ("label "); 5345 print_generic_expr (stderr, label, 0); 5346 fprintf (stderr, " to block does not match in bb %d", 5347 bb->index); 5348 err = 1; 5349 } 5350 5351 if (decl_function_context (label) != current_function_decl) 5352 { 5353 error ("label "); 5354 print_generic_expr (stderr, label, 0); 5355 fprintf (stderr, " has incorrect context in bb %d", 5356 bb->index); 5357 err = 1; 5358 } 5359 } 5360 5361 /* Verify that body of basic block BB is free of control flow. */ 5362 for (; !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi)) 5363 { 5364 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 5365 5366 if (found_ctrl_stmt) 5367 { 5368 error ("control flow in the middle of basic block %d", 5369 bb->index); 5370 err = 1; 5371 } 5372 5373 if (stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt)) 5374 found_ctrl_stmt = true; 5375 5376 if (glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (stmt)) 5377 { 5378 error ("label "); 5379 print_generic_expr (stderr, gimple_label_label (label_stmt), 0); 5380 fprintf (stderr, " in the middle of basic block %d", bb->index); 5381 err = 1; 5382 } 5383 } 5384 5385 gsi = gsi_last_bb (bb); 5386 if (gsi_end_p (gsi)) 5387 continue; 5388 5389 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 5390 5391 if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_LABEL) 5392 continue; 5393 5394 err |= verify_eh_edges (stmt); 5395 5396 if (is_ctrl_stmt (stmt)) 5397 { 5398 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 5399 if (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU) 5400 { 5401 error ("fallthru edge after a control statement in bb %d", 5402 bb->index); 5403 err = 1; 5404 } 5405 } 5406 5407 if (gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_COND) 5408 { 5409 /* Verify that there are no edges with EDGE_TRUE/FALSE_FLAG set 5410 after anything else but if statement. */ 5411 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 5412 if (e->flags & (EDGE_TRUE_VALUE | EDGE_FALSE_VALUE)) 5413 { 5414 error ("true/false edge after a non-GIMPLE_COND in bb %d", 5415 bb->index); 5416 err = 1; 5417 } 5418 } 5419 5420 switch (gimple_code (stmt)) 5421 { 5422 case GIMPLE_COND: 5423 { 5424 edge true_edge; 5425 edge false_edge; 5426 5427 extract_true_false_edges_from_block (bb, &true_edge, &false_edge); 5428 5429 if (!true_edge 5430 || !false_edge 5431 || !(true_edge->flags & EDGE_TRUE_VALUE) 5432 || !(false_edge->flags & EDGE_FALSE_VALUE) 5433 || (true_edge->flags & (EDGE_FALLTHRU | EDGE_ABNORMAL)) 5434 || (false_edge->flags & (EDGE_FALLTHRU | EDGE_ABNORMAL)) 5435 || EDGE_COUNT (bb->succs) >= 3) 5436 { 5437 error ("wrong outgoing edge flags at end of bb %d", 5438 bb->index); 5439 err = 1; 5440 } 5441 } 5442 break; 5443 5444 case GIMPLE_GOTO: 5445 if (simple_goto_p (stmt)) 5446 { 5447 error ("explicit goto at end of bb %d", bb->index); 5448 err = 1; 5449 } 5450 else 5451 { 5452 /* FIXME. We should double check that the labels in the 5453 destination blocks have their address taken. */ 5454 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 5455 if ((e->flags & (EDGE_FALLTHRU | EDGE_TRUE_VALUE 5456 | EDGE_FALSE_VALUE)) 5457 || !(e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL)) 5458 { 5459 error ("wrong outgoing edge flags at end of bb %d", 5460 bb->index); 5461 err = 1; 5462 } 5463 } 5464 break; 5465 5466 case GIMPLE_CALL: 5467 if (!gimple_call_builtin_p (stmt, BUILT_IN_RETURN)) 5468 break; 5469 /* fallthru */ 5470 case GIMPLE_RETURN: 5471 if (!single_succ_p (bb) 5472 || (single_succ_edge (bb)->flags 5473 & (EDGE_FALLTHRU | EDGE_ABNORMAL 5474 | EDGE_TRUE_VALUE | EDGE_FALSE_VALUE))) 5475 { 5476 error ("wrong outgoing edge flags at end of bb %d", bb->index); 5477 err = 1; 5478 } 5479 if (single_succ (bb) != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)) 5480 { 5481 error ("return edge does not point to exit in bb %d", 5482 bb->index); 5483 err = 1; 5484 } 5485 break; 5486 5487 case GIMPLE_SWITCH: 5488 { 5489 gswitch *switch_stmt = as_a <gswitch *> (stmt); 5490 tree prev; 5491 edge e; 5492 size_t i, n; 5493 5494 n = gimple_switch_num_labels (switch_stmt); 5495 5496 /* Mark all the destination basic blocks. */ 5497 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) 5498 { 5499 tree lab = CASE_LABEL (gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, i)); 5500 basic_block label_bb = label_to_block (lab); 5501 gcc_assert (!label_bb->aux || label_bb->aux == (void *)1); 5502 label_bb->aux = (void *)1; 5503 } 5504 5505 /* Verify that the case labels are sorted. */ 5506 prev = gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, 0); 5507 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 5508 { 5509 tree c = gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, i); 5510 if (!CASE_LOW (c)) 5511 { 5512 error ("found default case not at the start of " 5513 "case vector"); 5514 err = 1; 5515 continue; 5516 } 5517 if (CASE_LOW (prev) 5518 && !tree_int_cst_lt (CASE_LOW (prev), CASE_LOW (c))) 5519 { 5520 error ("case labels not sorted: "); 5521 print_generic_expr (stderr, prev, 0); 5522 fprintf (stderr," is greater than "); 5523 print_generic_expr (stderr, c, 0); 5524 fprintf (stderr," but comes before it.\n"); 5525 err = 1; 5526 } 5527 prev = c; 5528 } 5529 /* VRP will remove the default case if it can prove it will 5530 never be executed. So do not verify there always exists 5531 a default case here. */ 5532 5533 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 5534 { 5535 if (!e->dest->aux) 5536 { 5537 error ("extra outgoing edge %d->%d", 5538 bb->index, e->dest->index); 5539 err = 1; 5540 } 5541 5542 e->dest->aux = (void *)2; 5543 if ((e->flags & (EDGE_FALLTHRU | EDGE_ABNORMAL 5544 | EDGE_TRUE_VALUE | EDGE_FALSE_VALUE))) 5545 { 5546 error ("wrong outgoing edge flags at end of bb %d", 5547 bb->index); 5548 err = 1; 5549 } 5550 } 5551 5552 /* Check that we have all of them. */ 5553 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) 5554 { 5555 tree lab = CASE_LABEL (gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, i)); 5556 basic_block label_bb = label_to_block (lab); 5557 5558 if (label_bb->aux != (void *)2) 5559 { 5560 error ("missing edge %i->%i", bb->index, label_bb->index); 5561 err = 1; 5562 } 5563 } 5564 5565 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 5566 e->dest->aux = (void *)0; 5567 } 5568 break; 5569 5570 case GIMPLE_EH_DISPATCH: 5571 err |= verify_eh_dispatch_edge (as_a <geh_dispatch *> (stmt)); 5572 break; 5573 5574 default: 5575 break; 5576 } 5577 } 5578 5579 if (dom_info_state (CDI_DOMINATORS) >= DOM_NO_FAST_QUERY) 5580 verify_dominators (CDI_DOMINATORS); 5581 5582 return err; 5583 } 5584 5585 5586 /* Updates phi nodes after creating a forwarder block joined 5587 by edge FALLTHRU. */ 5588 5589 static void 5590 gimple_make_forwarder_block (edge fallthru) 5591 { 5592 edge e; 5593 edge_iterator ei; 5594 basic_block dummy, bb; 5595 tree var; 5596 gphi_iterator gsi; 5597 5598 dummy = fallthru->src; 5599 bb = fallthru->dest; 5600 5601 if (single_pred_p (bb)) 5602 return; 5603 5604 /* If we redirected a branch we must create new PHI nodes at the 5605 start of BB. */ 5606 for (gsi = gsi_start_phis (dummy); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi)) 5607 { 5608 gphi *phi, *new_phi; 5609 5610 phi = gsi.phi (); 5611 var = gimple_phi_result (phi); 5612 new_phi = create_phi_node (var, bb); 5613 gimple_phi_set_result (phi, copy_ssa_name (var, phi)); 5614 add_phi_arg (new_phi, gimple_phi_result (phi), fallthru, 5615 UNKNOWN_LOCATION); 5616 } 5617 5618 /* Add the arguments we have stored on edges. */ 5619 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds) 5620 { 5621 if (e == fallthru) 5622 continue; 5623 5624 flush_pending_stmts (e); 5625 } 5626 } 5627 5628 5629 /* Return a non-special label in the head of basic block BLOCK. 5630 Create one if it doesn't exist. */ 5631 5632 tree 5633 gimple_block_label (basic_block bb) 5634 { 5635 gimple_stmt_iterator i, s = gsi_start_bb (bb); 5636 bool first = true; 5637 tree label; 5638 glabel *stmt; 5639 5640 for (i = s; !gsi_end_p (i); first = false, gsi_next (&i)) 5641 { 5642 stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (gsi_stmt (i)); 5643 if (!stmt) 5644 break; 5645 label = gimple_label_label (stmt); 5646 if (!DECL_NONLOCAL (label)) 5647 { 5648 if (!first) 5649 gsi_move_before (&i, &s); 5650 return label; 5651 } 5652 } 5653 5654 label = create_artificial_label (UNKNOWN_LOCATION); 5655 stmt = gimple_build_label (label); 5656 gsi_insert_before (&s, stmt, GSI_NEW_STMT); 5657 return label; 5658 } 5659 5660 5661 /* Attempt to perform edge redirection by replacing a possibly complex 5662 jump instruction by a goto or by removing the jump completely. 5663 This can apply only if all edges now point to the same block. The 5664 parameters and return values are equivalent to 5665 redirect_edge_and_branch. */ 5666 5667 static edge 5668 gimple_try_redirect_by_replacing_jump (edge e, basic_block target) 5669 { 5670 basic_block src = e->src; 5671 gimple_stmt_iterator i; 5672 gimple *stmt; 5673 5674 /* We can replace or remove a complex jump only when we have exactly 5675 two edges. */ 5676 if (EDGE_COUNT (src->succs) != 2 5677 /* Verify that all targets will be TARGET. Specifically, the 5678 edge that is not E must also go to TARGET. */ 5679 || EDGE_SUCC (src, EDGE_SUCC (src, 0) == e)->dest != target) 5680 return NULL; 5681 5682 i = gsi_last_bb (src); 5683 if (gsi_end_p (i)) 5684 return NULL; 5685 5686 stmt = gsi_stmt (i); 5687 5688 if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND || gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_SWITCH) 5689 { 5690 gsi_remove (&i, true); 5691 e = ssa_redirect_edge (e, target); 5692 e->flags = EDGE_FALLTHRU; 5693 return e; 5694 } 5695 5696 return NULL; 5697 } 5698 5699 5700 /* Redirect E to DEST. Return NULL on failure. Otherwise, return the 5701 edge representing the redirected branch. */ 5702 5703 static edge 5704 gimple_redirect_edge_and_branch (edge e, basic_block dest) 5705 { 5706 basic_block bb = e->src; 5707 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi; 5708 edge ret; 5709 gimple *stmt; 5710 5711 if (e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL) 5712 return NULL; 5713 5714 if (e->dest == dest) 5715 return NULL; 5716 5717 if (e->flags & EDGE_EH) 5718 return redirect_eh_edge (e, dest); 5719 5720 if (e->src != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)) 5721 { 5722 ret = gimple_try_redirect_by_replacing_jump (e, dest); 5723 if (ret) 5724 return ret; 5725 } 5726 5727 gsi = gsi_last_bb (bb); 5728 stmt = gsi_end_p (gsi) ? NULL : gsi_stmt (gsi); 5729 5730 switch (stmt ? gimple_code (stmt) : GIMPLE_ERROR_MARK) 5731 { 5732 case GIMPLE_COND: 5733 /* For COND_EXPR, we only need to redirect the edge. */ 5734 break; 5735 5736 case GIMPLE_GOTO: 5737 /* No non-abnormal edges should lead from a non-simple goto, and 5738 simple ones should be represented implicitly. */ 5739 gcc_unreachable (); 5740 5741 case GIMPLE_SWITCH: 5742 { 5743 gswitch *switch_stmt = as_a <gswitch *> (stmt); 5744 tree label = gimple_block_label (dest); 5745 tree cases = get_cases_for_edge (e, switch_stmt); 5746 5747 /* If we have a list of cases associated with E, then use it 5748 as it's a lot faster than walking the entire case vector. */ 5749 if (cases) 5750 { 5751 edge e2 = find_edge (e->src, dest); 5752 tree last, first; 5753 5754 first = cases; 5755 while (cases) 5756 { 5757 last = cases; 5758 CASE_LABEL (cases) = label; 5759 cases = CASE_CHAIN (cases); 5760 } 5761 5762 /* If there was already an edge in the CFG, then we need 5763 to move all the cases associated with E to E2. */ 5764 if (e2) 5765 { 5766 tree cases2 = get_cases_for_edge (e2, switch_stmt); 5767 5768 CASE_CHAIN (last) = CASE_CHAIN (cases2); 5769 CASE_CHAIN (cases2) = first; 5770 } 5771 bitmap_set_bit (touched_switch_bbs, gimple_bb (stmt)->index); 5772 } 5773 else 5774 { 5775 size_t i, n = gimple_switch_num_labels (switch_stmt); 5776 5777 for (i = 0; i < n; i++) 5778 { 5779 tree elt = gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, i); 5780 if (label_to_block (CASE_LABEL (elt)) == e->dest) 5781 CASE_LABEL (elt) = label; 5782 } 5783 } 5784 } 5785 break; 5786 5787 case GIMPLE_ASM: 5788 { 5789 gasm *asm_stmt = as_a <gasm *> (stmt); 5790 int i, n = gimple_asm_nlabels (asm_stmt); 5791 tree label = NULL; 5792 5793 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) 5794 { 5795 tree cons = gimple_asm_label_op (asm_stmt, i); 5796 if (label_to_block (TREE_VALUE (cons)) == e->dest) 5797 { 5798 if (!label) 5799 label = gimple_block_label (dest); 5800 TREE_VALUE (cons) = label; 5801 } 5802 } 5803 5804 /* If we didn't find any label matching the former edge in the 5805 asm labels, we must be redirecting the fallthrough 5806 edge. */ 5807 gcc_assert (label || (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU)); 5808 } 5809 break; 5810 5811 case GIMPLE_RETURN: 5812 gsi_remove (&gsi, true); 5813 e->flags |= EDGE_FALLTHRU; 5814 break; 5815 5816 case GIMPLE_OMP_RETURN: 5817 case GIMPLE_OMP_CONTINUE: 5818 case GIMPLE_OMP_SECTIONS_SWITCH: 5819 case GIMPLE_OMP_FOR: 5820 /* The edges from OMP constructs can be simply redirected. */ 5821 break; 5822 5823 case GIMPLE_EH_DISPATCH: 5824 if (!(e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU)) 5825 redirect_eh_dispatch_edge (as_a <geh_dispatch *> (stmt), e, dest); 5826 break; 5827 5828 case GIMPLE_TRANSACTION: 5829 if (e->flags & EDGE_TM_ABORT) 5830 gimple_transaction_set_label_over (as_a <gtransaction *> (stmt), 5831 gimple_block_label (dest)); 5832 else if (e->flags & EDGE_TM_UNINSTRUMENTED) 5833 gimple_transaction_set_label_uninst (as_a <gtransaction *> (stmt), 5834 gimple_block_label (dest)); 5835 else 5836 gimple_transaction_set_label_norm (as_a <gtransaction *> (stmt), 5837 gimple_block_label (dest)); 5838 break; 5839 5840 default: 5841 /* Otherwise it must be a fallthru edge, and we don't need to 5842 do anything besides redirecting it. */ 5843 gcc_assert (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU); 5844 break; 5845 } 5846 5847 /* Update/insert PHI nodes as necessary. */ 5848 5849 /* Now update the edges in the CFG. */ 5850 e = ssa_redirect_edge (e, dest); 5851 5852 return e; 5853 } 5854 5855 /* Returns true if it is possible to remove edge E by redirecting 5856 it to the destination of the other edge from E->src. */ 5857 5858 static bool 5859 gimple_can_remove_branch_p (const_edge e) 5860 { 5861 if (e->flags & (EDGE_ABNORMAL | EDGE_EH)) 5862 return false; 5863 5864 return true; 5865 } 5866 5867 /* Simple wrapper, as we can always redirect fallthru edges. */ 5868 5869 static basic_block 5870 gimple_redirect_edge_and_branch_force (edge e, basic_block dest) 5871 { 5872 e = gimple_redirect_edge_and_branch (e, dest); 5873 gcc_assert (e); 5874 5875 return NULL; 5876 } 5877 5878 5879 /* Splits basic block BB after statement STMT (but at least after the 5880 labels). If STMT is NULL, BB is split just after the labels. */ 5881 5882 static basic_block 5883 gimple_split_block (basic_block bb, void *stmt) 5884 { 5885 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi; 5886 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi_tgt; 5887 gimple_seq list; 5888 basic_block new_bb; 5889 edge e; 5890 edge_iterator ei; 5891 5892 new_bb = create_empty_bb (bb); 5893 5894 /* Redirect the outgoing edges. */ 5895 new_bb->succs = bb->succs; 5896 bb->succs = NULL; 5897 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, new_bb->succs) 5898 e->src = new_bb; 5899 5900 /* Get a stmt iterator pointing to the first stmt to move. */ 5901 if (!stmt || gimple_code ((gimple *) stmt) == GIMPLE_LABEL) 5902 gsi = gsi_after_labels (bb); 5903 else 5904 { 5905 gsi = gsi_for_stmt ((gimple *) stmt); 5906 gsi_next (&gsi); 5907 } 5908 5909 /* Move everything from GSI to the new basic block. */ 5910 if (gsi_end_p (gsi)) 5911 return new_bb; 5912 5913 /* Split the statement list - avoid re-creating new containers as this 5914 brings ugly quadratic memory consumption in the inliner. 5915 (We are still quadratic since we need to update stmt BB pointers, 5916 sadly.) */ 5917 gsi_split_seq_before (&gsi, &list); 5918 set_bb_seq (new_bb, list); 5919 for (gsi_tgt = gsi_start (list); 5920 !gsi_end_p (gsi_tgt); gsi_next (&gsi_tgt)) 5921 gimple_set_bb (gsi_stmt (gsi_tgt), new_bb); 5922 5923 return new_bb; 5924 } 5925 5926 5927 /* Moves basic block BB after block AFTER. */ 5928 5929 static bool 5930 gimple_move_block_after (basic_block bb, basic_block after) 5931 { 5932 if (bb->prev_bb == after) 5933 return true; 5934 5935 unlink_block (bb); 5936 link_block (bb, after); 5937 5938 return true; 5939 } 5940 5941 5942 /* Return TRUE if block BB has no executable statements, otherwise return 5943 FALSE. */ 5944 5945 static bool 5946 gimple_empty_block_p (basic_block bb) 5947 { 5948 /* BB must have no executable statements. */ 5949 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_after_labels (bb); 5950 if (phi_nodes (bb)) 5951 return false; 5952 if (gsi_end_p (gsi)) 5953 return true; 5954 if (is_gimple_debug (gsi_stmt (gsi))) 5955 gsi_next_nondebug (&gsi); 5956 return gsi_end_p (gsi); 5957 } 5958 5959 5960 /* Split a basic block if it ends with a conditional branch and if the 5961 other part of the block is not empty. */ 5962 5963 static basic_block 5964 gimple_split_block_before_cond_jump (basic_block bb) 5965 { 5966 gimple *last, *split_point; 5967 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_last_nondebug_bb (bb); 5968 if (gsi_end_p (gsi)) 5969 return NULL; 5970 last = gsi_stmt (gsi); 5971 if (gimple_code (last) != GIMPLE_COND 5972 && gimple_code (last) != GIMPLE_SWITCH) 5973 return NULL; 5974 gsi_prev (&gsi); 5975 split_point = gsi_stmt (gsi); 5976 return split_block (bb, split_point)->dest; 5977 } 5978 5979 5980 /* Return true if basic_block can be duplicated. */ 5981 5982 static bool 5983 gimple_can_duplicate_bb_p (const_basic_block bb ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5984 { 5985 return true; 5986 } 5987 5988 /* Create a duplicate of the basic block BB. NOTE: This does not 5989 preserve SSA form. */ 5990 5991 static basic_block 5992 gimple_duplicate_bb (basic_block bb, copy_bb_data *id) 5993 { 5994 basic_block new_bb; 5995 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi_tgt; 5996 5997 new_bb = create_empty_bb (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->prev_bb); 5998 5999 /* Copy the PHI nodes. We ignore PHI node arguments here because 6000 the incoming edges have not been setup yet. */ 6001 for (gphi_iterator gpi = gsi_start_phis (bb); 6002 !gsi_end_p (gpi); 6003 gsi_next (&gpi)) 6004 { 6005 gphi *phi, *copy; 6006 phi = gpi.phi (); 6007 copy = create_phi_node (NULL_TREE, new_bb); 6008 create_new_def_for (gimple_phi_result (phi), copy, 6009 gimple_phi_result_ptr (copy)); 6010 gimple_set_uid (copy, gimple_uid (phi)); 6011 } 6012 6013 gsi_tgt = gsi_start_bb (new_bb); 6014 for (gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); 6015 !gsi_end_p (gsi); 6016 gsi_next (&gsi)) 6017 { 6018 def_operand_p def_p; 6019 ssa_op_iter op_iter; 6020 tree lhs; 6021 gimple *stmt, *copy; 6022 6023 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 6024 if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_LABEL) 6025 continue; 6026 6027 /* Don't duplicate label debug stmts. */ 6028 if (gimple_debug_bind_p (stmt) 6029 && TREE_CODE (gimple_debug_bind_get_var (stmt)) 6030 == LABEL_DECL) 6031 continue; 6032 6033 /* Create a new copy of STMT and duplicate STMT's virtual 6034 operands. */ 6035 copy = gimple_copy (stmt); 6036 gsi_insert_after (&gsi_tgt, copy, GSI_NEW_STMT); 6037 6038 maybe_duplicate_eh_stmt (copy, stmt); 6039 gimple_duplicate_stmt_histograms (cfun, copy, cfun, stmt); 6040 6041 /* When copying around a stmt writing into a local non-user 6042 aggregate, make sure it won't share stack slot with other 6043 vars. */ 6044 lhs = gimple_get_lhs (stmt); 6045 if (lhs && TREE_CODE (lhs) != SSA_NAME) 6046 { 6047 tree base = get_base_address (lhs); 6048 if (base 6049 && (VAR_P (base) || TREE_CODE (base) == RESULT_DECL) 6050 && DECL_IGNORED_P (base) 6051 && !TREE_STATIC (base) 6052 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (base) 6053 && (!VAR_P (base) || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (base))) 6054 DECL_NONSHAREABLE (base) = 1; 6055 } 6056 6057 /* If requested remap dependence info of cliques brought in 6058 via inlining. */ 6059 if (id) 6060 for (unsigned i = 0; i < gimple_num_ops (copy); ++i) 6061 { 6062 tree op = gimple_op (copy, i); 6063 if (!op) 6064 continue; 6065 if (TREE_CODE (op) == ADDR_EXPR 6066 || TREE_CODE (op) == WITH_SIZE_EXPR) 6067 op = TREE_OPERAND (op, 0); 6068 while (handled_component_p (op)) 6069 op = TREE_OPERAND (op, 0); 6070 if ((TREE_CODE (op) == MEM_REF 6071 || TREE_CODE (op) == TARGET_MEM_REF) 6072 && MR_DEPENDENCE_CLIQUE (op) > 1 6073 && MR_DEPENDENCE_CLIQUE (op) != bb->loop_father->owned_clique) 6074 { 6075 if (!id->dependence_map) 6076 id->dependence_map = new hash_map<dependence_hash, 6077 unsigned short>; 6078 bool existed; 6079 unsigned short &newc = id->dependence_map->get_or_insert 6080 (MR_DEPENDENCE_CLIQUE (op), &existed); 6081 if (!existed) 6082 { 6083 gcc_assert (MR_DEPENDENCE_CLIQUE (op) <= cfun->last_clique); 6084 newc = ++cfun->last_clique; 6085 } 6086 MR_DEPENDENCE_CLIQUE (op) = newc; 6087 } 6088 } 6089 6090 /* Create new names for all the definitions created by COPY and 6091 add replacement mappings for each new name. */ 6092 FOR_EACH_SSA_DEF_OPERAND (def_p, copy, op_iter, SSA_OP_ALL_DEFS) 6093 create_new_def_for (DEF_FROM_PTR (def_p), copy, def_p); 6094 } 6095 6096 return new_bb; 6097 } 6098 6099 /* Adds phi node arguments for edge E_COPY after basic block duplication. */ 6100 6101 static void 6102 add_phi_args_after_copy_edge (edge e_copy) 6103 { 6104 basic_block bb, bb_copy = e_copy->src, dest; 6105 edge e; 6106 edge_iterator ei; 6107 gphi *phi, *phi_copy; 6108 tree def; 6109 gphi_iterator psi, psi_copy; 6110 6111 if (gimple_seq_empty_p (phi_nodes (e_copy->dest))) 6112 return; 6113 6114 bb = bb_copy->flags & BB_DUPLICATED ? get_bb_original (bb_copy) : bb_copy; 6115 6116 if (e_copy->dest->flags & BB_DUPLICATED) 6117 dest = get_bb_original (e_copy->dest); 6118 else 6119 dest = e_copy->dest; 6120 6121 e = find_edge (bb, dest); 6122 if (!e) 6123 { 6124 /* During loop unrolling the target of the latch edge is copied. 6125 In this case we are not looking for edge to dest, but to 6126 duplicated block whose original was dest. */ 6127 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 6128 { 6129 if ((e->dest->flags & BB_DUPLICATED) 6130 && get_bb_original (e->dest) == dest) 6131 break; 6132 } 6133 6134 gcc_assert (e != NULL); 6135 } 6136 6137 for (psi = gsi_start_phis (e->dest), 6138 psi_copy = gsi_start_phis (e_copy->dest); 6139 !gsi_end_p (psi); 6140 gsi_next (&psi), gsi_next (&psi_copy)) 6141 { 6142 phi = psi.phi (); 6143 phi_copy = psi_copy.phi (); 6144 def = PHI_ARG_DEF_FROM_EDGE (phi, e); 6145 add_phi_arg (phi_copy, def, e_copy, 6146 gimple_phi_arg_location_from_edge (phi, e)); 6147 } 6148 } 6149 6150 6151 /* Basic block BB_COPY was created by code duplication. Add phi node 6152 arguments for edges going out of BB_COPY. The blocks that were 6153 duplicated have BB_DUPLICATED set. */ 6154 6155 void 6156 add_phi_args_after_copy_bb (basic_block bb_copy) 6157 { 6158 edge e_copy; 6159 edge_iterator ei; 6160 6161 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e_copy, ei, bb_copy->succs) 6162 { 6163 add_phi_args_after_copy_edge (e_copy); 6164 } 6165 } 6166 6167 /* Blocks in REGION_COPY array of length N_REGION were created by 6168 duplication of basic blocks. Add phi node arguments for edges 6169 going from these blocks. If E_COPY is not NULL, also add 6170 phi node arguments for its destination.*/ 6171 6172 void 6173 add_phi_args_after_copy (basic_block *region_copy, unsigned n_region, 6174 edge e_copy) 6175 { 6176 unsigned i; 6177 6178 for (i = 0; i < n_region; i++) 6179 region_copy[i]->flags |= BB_DUPLICATED; 6180 6181 for (i = 0; i < n_region; i++) 6182 add_phi_args_after_copy_bb (region_copy[i]); 6183 if (e_copy) 6184 add_phi_args_after_copy_edge (e_copy); 6185 6186 for (i = 0; i < n_region; i++) 6187 region_copy[i]->flags &= ~BB_DUPLICATED; 6188 } 6189 6190 /* Duplicates a REGION (set of N_REGION basic blocks) with just a single 6191 important exit edge EXIT. By important we mean that no SSA name defined 6192 inside region is live over the other exit edges of the region. All entry 6193 edges to the region must go to ENTRY->dest. The edge ENTRY is redirected 6194 to the duplicate of the region. Dominance and loop information is 6195 updated if UPDATE_DOMINANCE is true, but not the SSA web. If 6196 UPDATE_DOMINANCE is false then we assume that the caller will update the 6197 dominance information after calling this function. The new basic 6198 blocks are stored to REGION_COPY in the same order as they had in REGION, 6199 provided that REGION_COPY is not NULL. 6200 The function returns false if it is unable to copy the region, 6201 true otherwise. */ 6202 6203 bool 6204 gimple_duplicate_sese_region (edge entry, edge exit, 6205 basic_block *region, unsigned n_region, 6206 basic_block *region_copy, 6207 bool update_dominance) 6208 { 6209 unsigned i; 6210 bool free_region_copy = false, copying_header = false; 6211 struct loop *loop = entry->dest->loop_father; 6212 edge exit_copy; 6213 vec<basic_block> doms; 6214 edge redirected; 6215 int total_freq = 0, entry_freq = 0; 6216 gcov_type total_count = 0, entry_count = 0; 6217 6218 if (!can_copy_bbs_p (region, n_region)) 6219 return false; 6220 6221 /* Some sanity checking. Note that we do not check for all possible 6222 missuses of the functions. I.e. if you ask to copy something weird, 6223 it will work, but the state of structures probably will not be 6224 correct. */ 6225 for (i = 0; i < n_region; i++) 6226 { 6227 /* We do not handle subloops, i.e. all the blocks must belong to the 6228 same loop. */ 6229 if (region[i]->loop_father != loop) 6230 return false; 6231 6232 if (region[i] != entry->dest 6233 && region[i] == loop->header) 6234 return false; 6235 } 6236 6237 /* In case the function is used for loop header copying (which is the primary 6238 use), ensure that EXIT and its copy will be new latch and entry edges. */ 6239 if (loop->header == entry->dest) 6240 { 6241 copying_header = true; 6242 6243 if (!dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, loop->latch, exit->src)) 6244 return false; 6245 6246 for (i = 0; i < n_region; i++) 6247 if (region[i] != exit->src 6248 && dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, region[i], exit->src)) 6249 return false; 6250 } 6251 6252 initialize_original_copy_tables (); 6253 6254 if (copying_header) 6255 set_loop_copy (loop, loop_outer (loop)); 6256 else 6257 set_loop_copy (loop, loop); 6258 6259 if (!region_copy) 6260 { 6261 region_copy = XNEWVEC (basic_block, n_region); 6262 free_region_copy = true; 6263 } 6264 6265 /* Record blocks outside the region that are dominated by something 6266 inside. */ 6267 if (update_dominance) 6268 { 6269 doms.create (0); 6270 doms = get_dominated_by_region (CDI_DOMINATORS, region, n_region); 6271 } 6272 6273 if (entry->dest->count) 6274 { 6275 total_count = entry->dest->count; 6276 entry_count = entry->count; 6277 /* Fix up corner cases, to avoid division by zero or creation of negative 6278 frequencies. */ 6279 if (entry_count > total_count) 6280 entry_count = total_count; 6281 } 6282 else 6283 { 6284 total_freq = entry->dest->frequency; 6285 entry_freq = EDGE_FREQUENCY (entry); 6286 /* Fix up corner cases, to avoid division by zero or creation of negative 6287 frequencies. */ 6288 if (total_freq == 0) 6289 total_freq = 1; 6290 else if (entry_freq > total_freq) 6291 entry_freq = total_freq; 6292 } 6293 6294 copy_bbs (region, n_region, region_copy, &exit, 1, &exit_copy, loop, 6295 split_edge_bb_loc (entry), update_dominance); 6296 if (total_count) 6297 { 6298 scale_bbs_frequencies_gcov_type (region, n_region, 6299 total_count - entry_count, 6300 total_count); 6301 scale_bbs_frequencies_gcov_type (region_copy, n_region, entry_count, 6302 total_count); 6303 } 6304 else 6305 { 6306 scale_bbs_frequencies_int (region, n_region, total_freq - entry_freq, 6307 total_freq); 6308 scale_bbs_frequencies_int (region_copy, n_region, entry_freq, total_freq); 6309 } 6310 6311 if (copying_header) 6312 { 6313 loop->header = exit->dest; 6314 loop->latch = exit->src; 6315 } 6316 6317 /* Redirect the entry and add the phi node arguments. */ 6318 redirected = redirect_edge_and_branch (entry, get_bb_copy (entry->dest)); 6319 gcc_assert (redirected != NULL); 6320 flush_pending_stmts (entry); 6321 6322 /* Concerning updating of dominators: We must recount dominators 6323 for entry block and its copy. Anything that is outside of the 6324 region, but was dominated by something inside needs recounting as 6325 well. */ 6326 if (update_dominance) 6327 { 6328 set_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, entry->dest, entry->src); 6329 doms.safe_push (get_bb_original (entry->dest)); 6330 iterate_fix_dominators (CDI_DOMINATORS, doms, false); 6331 doms.release (); 6332 } 6333 6334 /* Add the other PHI node arguments. */ 6335 add_phi_args_after_copy (region_copy, n_region, NULL); 6336 6337 if (free_region_copy) 6338 free (region_copy); 6339 6340 free_original_copy_tables (); 6341 return true; 6342 } 6343 6344 /* Checks if BB is part of the region defined by N_REGION BBS. */ 6345 static bool 6346 bb_part_of_region_p (basic_block bb, basic_block* bbs, unsigned n_region) 6347 { 6348 unsigned int n; 6349 6350 for (n = 0; n < n_region; n++) 6351 { 6352 if (bb == bbs[n]) 6353 return true; 6354 } 6355 return false; 6356 } 6357 6358 /* Duplicates REGION consisting of N_REGION blocks. The new blocks 6359 are stored to REGION_COPY in the same order in that they appear 6360 in REGION, if REGION_COPY is not NULL. ENTRY is the entry to 6361 the region, EXIT an exit from it. The condition guarding EXIT 6362 is moved to ENTRY. Returns true if duplication succeeds, false 6363 otherwise. 6364 6365 For example, 6366 6367 some_code; 6368 if (cond) 6369 A; 6370 else 6371 B; 6372 6373 is transformed to 6374 6375 if (cond) 6376 { 6377 some_code; 6378 A; 6379 } 6380 else 6381 { 6382 some_code; 6383 B; 6384 } 6385 */ 6386 6387 bool 6388 gimple_duplicate_sese_tail (edge entry ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, edge exit ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6389 basic_block *region ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned n_region ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6390 basic_block *region_copy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6391 { 6392 unsigned i; 6393 bool free_region_copy = false; 6394 struct loop *loop = exit->dest->loop_father; 6395 struct loop *orig_loop = entry->dest->loop_father; 6396 basic_block switch_bb, entry_bb, nentry_bb; 6397 vec<basic_block> doms; 6398 int total_freq = 0, exit_freq = 0; 6399 gcov_type total_count = 0, exit_count = 0; 6400 edge exits[2], nexits[2], e; 6401 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi; 6402 gimple *cond_stmt; 6403 edge sorig, snew; 6404 basic_block exit_bb; 6405 gphi_iterator psi; 6406 gphi *phi; 6407 tree def; 6408 struct loop *target, *aloop, *cloop; 6409 6410 gcc_assert (EDGE_COUNT (exit->src->succs) == 2); 6411 exits[0] = exit; 6412 exits[1] = EDGE_SUCC (exit->src, EDGE_SUCC (exit->src, 0) == exit); 6413 6414 if (!can_copy_bbs_p (region, n_region)) 6415 return false; 6416 6417 initialize_original_copy_tables (); 6418 set_loop_copy (orig_loop, loop); 6419 6420 target= loop; 6421 for (aloop = orig_loop->inner; aloop; aloop = aloop->next) 6422 { 6423 if (bb_part_of_region_p (aloop->header, region, n_region)) 6424 { 6425 cloop = duplicate_loop (aloop, target); 6426 duplicate_subloops (aloop, cloop); 6427 } 6428 } 6429 6430 if (!region_copy) 6431 { 6432 region_copy = XNEWVEC (basic_block, n_region); 6433 free_region_copy = true; 6434 } 6435 6436 gcc_assert (!need_ssa_update_p (cfun)); 6437 6438 /* Record blocks outside the region that are dominated by something 6439 inside. */ 6440 doms = get_dominated_by_region (CDI_DOMINATORS, region, n_region); 6441 6442 if (exit->src->count) 6443 { 6444 total_count = exit->src->count; 6445 exit_count = exit->count; 6446 /* Fix up corner cases, to avoid division by zero or creation of negative 6447 frequencies. */ 6448 if (exit_count > total_count) 6449 exit_count = total_count; 6450 } 6451 else 6452 { 6453 total_freq = exit->src->frequency; 6454 exit_freq = EDGE_FREQUENCY (exit); 6455 /* Fix up corner cases, to avoid division by zero or creation of negative 6456 frequencies. */ 6457 if (total_freq == 0) 6458 total_freq = 1; 6459 if (exit_freq > total_freq) 6460 exit_freq = total_freq; 6461 } 6462 6463 copy_bbs (region, n_region, region_copy, exits, 2, nexits, orig_loop, 6464 split_edge_bb_loc (exit), true); 6465 if (total_count) 6466 { 6467 scale_bbs_frequencies_gcov_type (region, n_region, 6468 total_count - exit_count, 6469 total_count); 6470 scale_bbs_frequencies_gcov_type (region_copy, n_region, exit_count, 6471 total_count); 6472 } 6473 else 6474 { 6475 scale_bbs_frequencies_int (region, n_region, total_freq - exit_freq, 6476 total_freq); 6477 scale_bbs_frequencies_int (region_copy, n_region, exit_freq, total_freq); 6478 } 6479 6480 /* Create the switch block, and put the exit condition to it. */ 6481 entry_bb = entry->dest; 6482 nentry_bb = get_bb_copy (entry_bb); 6483 if (!last_stmt (entry->src) 6484 || !stmt_ends_bb_p (last_stmt (entry->src))) 6485 switch_bb = entry->src; 6486 else 6487 switch_bb = split_edge (entry); 6488 set_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, nentry_bb, switch_bb); 6489 6490 gsi = gsi_last_bb (switch_bb); 6491 cond_stmt = last_stmt (exit->src); 6492 gcc_assert (gimple_code (cond_stmt) == GIMPLE_COND); 6493 cond_stmt = gimple_copy (cond_stmt); 6494 6495 gsi_insert_after (&gsi, cond_stmt, GSI_NEW_STMT); 6496 6497 sorig = single_succ_edge (switch_bb); 6498 sorig->flags = exits[1]->flags; 6499 snew = make_edge (switch_bb, nentry_bb, exits[0]->flags); 6500 6501 /* Register the new edge from SWITCH_BB in loop exit lists. */ 6502 rescan_loop_exit (snew, true, false); 6503 6504 /* Add the PHI node arguments. */ 6505 add_phi_args_after_copy (region_copy, n_region, snew); 6506 6507 /* Get rid of now superfluous conditions and associated edges (and phi node 6508 arguments). */ 6509 exit_bb = exit->dest; 6510 6511 e = redirect_edge_and_branch (exits[0], exits[1]->dest); 6512 PENDING_STMT (e) = NULL; 6513 6514 /* The latch of ORIG_LOOP was copied, and so was the backedge 6515 to the original header. We redirect this backedge to EXIT_BB. */ 6516 for (i = 0; i < n_region; i++) 6517 if (get_bb_original (region_copy[i]) == orig_loop->latch) 6518 { 6519 gcc_assert (single_succ_edge (region_copy[i])); 6520 e = redirect_edge_and_branch (single_succ_edge (region_copy[i]), exit_bb); 6521 PENDING_STMT (e) = NULL; 6522 for (psi = gsi_start_phis (exit_bb); 6523 !gsi_end_p (psi); 6524 gsi_next (&psi)) 6525 { 6526 phi = psi.phi (); 6527 def = PHI_ARG_DEF (phi, nexits[0]->dest_idx); 6528 add_phi_arg (phi, def, e, gimple_phi_arg_location_from_edge (phi, e)); 6529 } 6530 } 6531 e = redirect_edge_and_branch (nexits[1], nexits[0]->dest); 6532 PENDING_STMT (e) = NULL; 6533 6534 /* Anything that is outside of the region, but was dominated by something 6535 inside needs to update dominance info. */ 6536 iterate_fix_dominators (CDI_DOMINATORS, doms, false); 6537 doms.release (); 6538 /* Update the SSA web. */ 6539 update_ssa (TODO_update_ssa); 6540 6541 if (free_region_copy) 6542 free (region_copy); 6543 6544 free_original_copy_tables (); 6545 return true; 6546 } 6547 6548 /* Add all the blocks dominated by ENTRY to the array BBS_P. Stop 6549 adding blocks when the dominator traversal reaches EXIT. This 6550 function silently assumes that ENTRY strictly dominates EXIT. */ 6551 6552 void 6553 gather_blocks_in_sese_region (basic_block entry, basic_block exit, 6554 vec<basic_block> *bbs_p) 6555 { 6556 basic_block son; 6557 6558 for (son = first_dom_son (CDI_DOMINATORS, entry); 6559 son; 6560 son = next_dom_son (CDI_DOMINATORS, son)) 6561 { 6562 bbs_p->safe_push (son); 6563 if (son != exit) 6564 gather_blocks_in_sese_region (son, exit, bbs_p); 6565 } 6566 } 6567 6568 /* Replaces *TP with a duplicate (belonging to function TO_CONTEXT). 6569 The duplicates are recorded in VARS_MAP. */ 6570 6571 static void 6572 replace_by_duplicate_decl (tree *tp, hash_map<tree, tree> *vars_map, 6573 tree to_context) 6574 { 6575 tree t = *tp, new_t; 6576 struct function *f = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (to_context); 6577 6578 if (DECL_CONTEXT (t) == to_context) 6579 return; 6580 6581 bool existed; 6582 tree &loc = vars_map->get_or_insert (t, &existed); 6583 6584 if (!existed) 6585 { 6586 if (SSA_VAR_P (t)) 6587 { 6588 new_t = copy_var_decl (t, DECL_NAME (t), TREE_TYPE (t)); 6589 add_local_decl (f, new_t); 6590 } 6591 else 6592 { 6593 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (t) == CONST_DECL); 6594 new_t = copy_node (t); 6595 } 6596 DECL_CONTEXT (new_t) = to_context; 6597 6598 loc = new_t; 6599 } 6600 else 6601 new_t = loc; 6602 6603 *tp = new_t; 6604 } 6605 6606 6607 /* Creates an ssa name in TO_CONTEXT equivalent to NAME. 6608 VARS_MAP maps old ssa names and var_decls to the new ones. */ 6609 6610 static tree 6611 replace_ssa_name (tree name, hash_map<tree, tree> *vars_map, 6612 tree to_context) 6613 { 6614 tree new_name; 6615 6616 gcc_assert (!virtual_operand_p (name)); 6617 6618 tree *loc = vars_map->get (name); 6619 6620 if (!loc) 6621 { 6622 tree decl = SSA_NAME_VAR (name); 6623 if (decl) 6624 { 6625 gcc_assert (!SSA_NAME_IS_DEFAULT_DEF (name)); 6626 replace_by_duplicate_decl (&decl, vars_map, to_context); 6627 new_name = make_ssa_name_fn (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (to_context), 6628 decl, SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name)); 6629 } 6630 else 6631 new_name = copy_ssa_name_fn (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (to_context), 6632 name, SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name)); 6633 6634 /* Now that we've used the def stmt to define new_name, make sure it 6635 doesn't define name anymore. */ 6636 SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name) = NULL; 6637 6638 vars_map->put (name, new_name); 6639 } 6640 else 6641 new_name = *loc; 6642 6643 return new_name; 6644 } 6645 6646 struct move_stmt_d 6647 { 6648 tree orig_block; 6649 tree new_block; 6650 tree from_context; 6651 tree to_context; 6652 hash_map<tree, tree> *vars_map; 6653 htab_t new_label_map; 6654 hash_map<void *, void *> *eh_map; 6655 bool remap_decls_p; 6656 }; 6657 6658 /* Helper for move_block_to_fn. Set TREE_BLOCK in every expression 6659 contained in *TP if it has been ORIG_BLOCK previously and change the 6660 DECL_CONTEXT of every local variable referenced in *TP. */ 6661 6662 static tree 6663 move_stmt_op (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *data) 6664 { 6665 struct walk_stmt_info *wi = (struct walk_stmt_info *) data; 6666 struct move_stmt_d *p = (struct move_stmt_d *) wi->info; 6667 tree t = *tp; 6668 6669 if (EXPR_P (t)) 6670 { 6671 tree block = TREE_BLOCK (t); 6672 if (block == NULL_TREE) 6673 ; 6674 else if (block == p->orig_block 6675 || p->orig_block == NULL_TREE) 6676 { 6677 /* tree_node_can_be_shared says we can share invariant 6678 addresses but unshare_expr copies them anyways. Make sure 6679 to unshare before adjusting the block in place - we do not 6680 always see a copy here. */ 6681 if (TREE_CODE (t) == ADDR_EXPR 6682 && is_gimple_min_invariant (t)) 6683 *tp = t = unshare_expr (t); 6684 TREE_SET_BLOCK (t, p->new_block); 6685 } 6686 else if (flag_checking) 6687 { 6688 while (block && TREE_CODE (block) == BLOCK && block != p->orig_block) 6689 block = BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block); 6690 gcc_assert (block == p->orig_block); 6691 } 6692 } 6693 else if (DECL_P (t) || TREE_CODE (t) == SSA_NAME) 6694 { 6695 if (TREE_CODE (t) == SSA_NAME) 6696 *tp = replace_ssa_name (t, p->vars_map, p->to_context); 6697 else if (TREE_CODE (t) == PARM_DECL 6698 && gimple_in_ssa_p (cfun)) 6699 *tp = *(p->vars_map->get (t)); 6700 else if (TREE_CODE (t) == LABEL_DECL) 6701 { 6702 if (p->new_label_map) 6703 { 6704 struct tree_map in, *out; 6705 in.base.from = t; 6706 out = (struct tree_map *) 6707 htab_find_with_hash (p->new_label_map, &in, DECL_UID (t)); 6708 if (out) 6709 *tp = t = out->to; 6710 } 6711 6712 /* For FORCED_LABELs we can end up with references from other 6713 functions if some SESE regions are outlined. It is UB to 6714 jump in between them, but they could be used just for printing 6715 addresses etc. In that case, DECL_CONTEXT on the label should 6716 be the function containing the glabel stmt with that LABEL_DECL, 6717 rather than whatever function a reference to the label was seen 6718 last time. */ 6719 if (!FORCED_LABEL (t) && !DECL_NONLOCAL (t)) 6720 DECL_CONTEXT (t) = p->to_context; 6721 } 6722 else if (p->remap_decls_p) 6723 { 6724 /* Replace T with its duplicate. T should no longer appear in the 6725 parent function, so this looks wasteful; however, it may appear 6726 in referenced_vars, and more importantly, as virtual operands of 6727 statements, and in alias lists of other variables. It would be 6728 quite difficult to expunge it from all those places. ??? It might 6729 suffice to do this for addressable variables. */ 6730 if ((VAR_P (t) && !is_global_var (t)) 6731 || TREE_CODE (t) == CONST_DECL) 6732 replace_by_duplicate_decl (tp, p->vars_map, p->to_context); 6733 } 6734 *walk_subtrees = 0; 6735 } 6736 else if (TYPE_P (t)) 6737 *walk_subtrees = 0; 6738 6739 return NULL_TREE; 6740 } 6741 6742 /* Helper for move_stmt_r. Given an EH region number for the source 6743 function, map that to the duplicate EH regio number in the dest. */ 6744 6745 static int 6746 move_stmt_eh_region_nr (int old_nr, struct move_stmt_d *p) 6747 { 6748 eh_region old_r, new_r; 6749 6750 old_r = get_eh_region_from_number (old_nr); 6751 new_r = static_cast<eh_region> (*p->eh_map->get (old_r)); 6752 6753 return new_r->index; 6754 } 6755 6756 /* Similar, but operate on INTEGER_CSTs. */ 6757 6758 static tree 6759 move_stmt_eh_region_tree_nr (tree old_t_nr, struct move_stmt_d *p) 6760 { 6761 int old_nr, new_nr; 6762 6763 old_nr = tree_to_shwi (old_t_nr); 6764 new_nr = move_stmt_eh_region_nr (old_nr, p); 6765 6766 return build_int_cst (integer_type_node, new_nr); 6767 } 6768 6769 /* Like move_stmt_op, but for gimple statements. 6770 6771 Helper for move_block_to_fn. Set GIMPLE_BLOCK in every expression 6772 contained in the current statement in *GSI_P and change the 6773 DECL_CONTEXT of every local variable referenced in the current 6774 statement. */ 6775 6776 static tree 6777 move_stmt_r (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi_p, bool *handled_ops_p, 6778 struct walk_stmt_info *wi) 6779 { 6780 struct move_stmt_d *p = (struct move_stmt_d *) wi->info; 6781 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (*gsi_p); 6782 tree block = gimple_block (stmt); 6783 6784 if (block == p->orig_block 6785 || (p->orig_block == NULL_TREE 6786 && block != NULL_TREE)) 6787 gimple_set_block (stmt, p->new_block); 6788 6789 switch (gimple_code (stmt)) 6790 { 6791 case GIMPLE_CALL: 6792 /* Remap the region numbers for __builtin_eh_{pointer,filter}. */ 6793 { 6794 tree r, fndecl = gimple_call_fndecl (stmt); 6795 if (fndecl && DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL) 6796 switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl)) 6797 { 6798 case BUILT_IN_EH_COPY_VALUES: 6799 r = gimple_call_arg (stmt, 1); 6800 r = move_stmt_eh_region_tree_nr (r, p); 6801 gimple_call_set_arg (stmt, 1, r); 6802 /* FALLTHRU */ 6803 6804 case BUILT_IN_EH_POINTER: 6805 case BUILT_IN_EH_FILTER: 6806 r = gimple_call_arg (stmt, 0); 6807 r = move_stmt_eh_region_tree_nr (r, p); 6808 gimple_call_set_arg (stmt, 0, r); 6809 break; 6810 6811 default: 6812 break; 6813 } 6814 } 6815 break; 6816 6817 case GIMPLE_RESX: 6818 { 6819 gresx *resx_stmt = as_a <gresx *> (stmt); 6820 int r = gimple_resx_region (resx_stmt); 6821 r = move_stmt_eh_region_nr (r, p); 6822 gimple_resx_set_region (resx_stmt, r); 6823 } 6824 break; 6825 6826 case GIMPLE_EH_DISPATCH: 6827 { 6828 geh_dispatch *eh_dispatch_stmt = as_a <geh_dispatch *> (stmt); 6829 int r = gimple_eh_dispatch_region (eh_dispatch_stmt); 6830 r = move_stmt_eh_region_nr (r, p); 6831 gimple_eh_dispatch_set_region (eh_dispatch_stmt, r); 6832 } 6833 break; 6834 6835 case GIMPLE_OMP_RETURN: 6836 case GIMPLE_OMP_CONTINUE: 6837 break; 6838 6839 case GIMPLE_LABEL: 6840 { 6841 /* For FORCED_LABEL, move_stmt_op doesn't adjust DECL_CONTEXT, 6842 so that such labels can be referenced from other regions. 6843 Make sure to update it when seeing a GIMPLE_LABEL though, 6844 that is the owner of the label. */ 6845 walk_gimple_op (stmt, move_stmt_op, wi); 6846 *handled_ops_p = true; 6847 tree label = gimple_label_label (as_a <glabel *> (stmt)); 6848 if (FORCED_LABEL (label) || DECL_NONLOCAL (label)) 6849 DECL_CONTEXT (label) = p->to_context; 6850 } 6851 break; 6852 6853 default: 6854 if (is_gimple_omp (stmt)) 6855 { 6856 /* Do not remap variables inside OMP directives. Variables 6857 referenced in clauses and directive header belong to the 6858 parent function and should not be moved into the child 6859 function. */ 6860 bool save_remap_decls_p = p->remap_decls_p; 6861 p->remap_decls_p = false; 6862 *handled_ops_p = true; 6863 6864 walk_gimple_seq_mod (gimple_omp_body_ptr (stmt), move_stmt_r, 6865 move_stmt_op, wi); 6866 6867 p->remap_decls_p = save_remap_decls_p; 6868 } 6869 break; 6870 } 6871 6872 return NULL_TREE; 6873 } 6874 6875 /* Move basic block BB from function CFUN to function DEST_FN. The 6876 block is moved out of the original linked list and placed after 6877 block AFTER in the new list. Also, the block is removed from the 6878 original array of blocks and placed in DEST_FN's array of blocks. 6879 If UPDATE_EDGE_COUNT_P is true, the edge counts on both CFGs is 6880 updated to reflect the moved edges. 6881 6882 The local variables are remapped to new instances, VARS_MAP is used 6883 to record the mapping. */ 6884 6885 static void 6886 move_block_to_fn (struct function *dest_cfun, basic_block bb, 6887 basic_block after, bool update_edge_count_p, 6888 struct move_stmt_d *d) 6889 { 6890 struct control_flow_graph *cfg; 6891 edge_iterator ei; 6892 edge e; 6893 gimple_stmt_iterator si; 6894 unsigned old_len, new_len; 6895 6896 /* Remove BB from dominance structures. */ 6897 delete_from_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb); 6898 6899 /* Move BB from its current loop to the copy in the new function. */ 6900 if (current_loops) 6901 { 6902 struct loop *new_loop = (struct loop *)bb->loop_father->aux; 6903 if (new_loop) 6904 bb->loop_father = new_loop; 6905 } 6906 6907 /* Link BB to the new linked list. */ 6908 move_block_after (bb, after); 6909 6910 /* Update the edge count in the corresponding flowgraphs. */ 6911 if (update_edge_count_p) 6912 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 6913 { 6914 cfun->cfg->x_n_edges--; 6915 dest_cfun->cfg->x_n_edges++; 6916 } 6917 6918 /* Remove BB from the original basic block array. */ 6919 (*cfun->cfg->x_basic_block_info)[bb->index] = NULL; 6920 cfun->cfg->x_n_basic_blocks--; 6921 6922 /* Grow DEST_CFUN's basic block array if needed. */ 6923 cfg = dest_cfun->cfg; 6924 cfg->x_n_basic_blocks++; 6925 if (bb->index >= cfg->x_last_basic_block) 6926 cfg->x_last_basic_block = bb->index + 1; 6927 6928 old_len = vec_safe_length (cfg->x_basic_block_info); 6929 if ((unsigned) cfg->x_last_basic_block >= old_len) 6930 { 6931 new_len = cfg->x_last_basic_block + (cfg->x_last_basic_block + 3) / 4; 6932 vec_safe_grow_cleared (cfg->x_basic_block_info, new_len); 6933 } 6934 6935 (*cfg->x_basic_block_info)[bb->index] = bb; 6936 6937 /* Remap the variables in phi nodes. */ 6938 for (gphi_iterator psi = gsi_start_phis (bb); 6939 !gsi_end_p (psi); ) 6940 { 6941 gphi *phi = psi.phi (); 6942 use_operand_p use; 6943 tree op = PHI_RESULT (phi); 6944 ssa_op_iter oi; 6945 unsigned i; 6946 6947 if (virtual_operand_p (op)) 6948 { 6949 /* Remove the phi nodes for virtual operands (alias analysis will be 6950 run for the new function, anyway). But replace all uses that 6951 might be outside of the region we move. */ 6952 use_operand_p use_p; 6953 imm_use_iterator iter; 6954 gimple *use_stmt; 6955 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_STMT (use_stmt, iter, op) 6956 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_ON_STMT (use_p, iter) 6957 SET_USE (use_p, SSA_NAME_VAR (op)); 6958 remove_phi_node (&psi, true); 6959 continue; 6960 } 6961 6962 SET_PHI_RESULT (phi, 6963 replace_ssa_name (op, d->vars_map, dest_cfun->decl)); 6964 FOR_EACH_PHI_ARG (use, phi, oi, SSA_OP_USE) 6965 { 6966 op = USE_FROM_PTR (use); 6967 if (TREE_CODE (op) == SSA_NAME) 6968 SET_USE (use, replace_ssa_name (op, d->vars_map, dest_cfun->decl)); 6969 } 6970 6971 for (i = 0; i < EDGE_COUNT (bb->preds); i++) 6972 { 6973 location_t locus = gimple_phi_arg_location (phi, i); 6974 tree block = LOCATION_BLOCK (locus); 6975 6976 if (locus == UNKNOWN_LOCATION) 6977 continue; 6978 if (d->orig_block == NULL_TREE || block == d->orig_block) 6979 { 6980 locus = set_block (locus, d->new_block); 6981 gimple_phi_arg_set_location (phi, i, locus); 6982 } 6983 } 6984 6985 gsi_next (&psi); 6986 } 6987 6988 for (si = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (si); gsi_next (&si)) 6989 { 6990 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (si); 6991 struct walk_stmt_info wi; 6992 6993 memset (&wi, 0, sizeof (wi)); 6994 wi.info = d; 6995 walk_gimple_stmt (&si, move_stmt_r, move_stmt_op, &wi); 6996 6997 if (glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (stmt)) 6998 { 6999 tree label = gimple_label_label (label_stmt); 7000 int uid = LABEL_DECL_UID (label); 7001 7002 gcc_assert (uid > -1); 7003 7004 old_len = vec_safe_length (cfg->x_label_to_block_map); 7005 if (old_len <= (unsigned) uid) 7006 { 7007 new_len = 3 * uid / 2 + 1; 7008 vec_safe_grow_cleared (cfg->x_label_to_block_map, new_len); 7009 } 7010 7011 (*cfg->x_label_to_block_map)[uid] = bb; 7012 (*cfun->cfg->x_label_to_block_map)[uid] = NULL; 7013 7014 gcc_assert (DECL_CONTEXT (label) == dest_cfun->decl); 7015 7016 if (uid >= dest_cfun->cfg->last_label_uid) 7017 dest_cfun->cfg->last_label_uid = uid + 1; 7018 } 7019 7020 maybe_duplicate_eh_stmt_fn (dest_cfun, stmt, cfun, stmt, d->eh_map, 0); 7021 remove_stmt_from_eh_lp_fn (cfun, stmt); 7022 7023 gimple_duplicate_stmt_histograms (dest_cfun, stmt, cfun, stmt); 7024 gimple_remove_stmt_histograms (cfun, stmt); 7025 7026 /* We cannot leave any operands allocated from the operand caches of 7027 the current function. */ 7028 free_stmt_operands (cfun, stmt); 7029 push_cfun (dest_cfun); 7030 update_stmt (stmt); 7031 pop_cfun (); 7032 } 7033 7034 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 7035 if (e->goto_locus != UNKNOWN_LOCATION) 7036 { 7037 tree block = LOCATION_BLOCK (e->goto_locus); 7038 if (d->orig_block == NULL_TREE 7039 || block == d->orig_block) 7040 e->goto_locus = set_block (e->goto_locus, d->new_block); 7041 } 7042 } 7043 7044 /* Examine the statements in BB (which is in SRC_CFUN); find and return 7045 the outermost EH region. Use REGION as the incoming base EH region. 7046 If there is no single outermost region, return NULL and set *ALL to 7047 true. */ 7048 7049 static eh_region 7050 find_outermost_region_in_block (struct function *src_cfun, 7051 basic_block bb, eh_region region, 7052 bool *all) 7053 { 7054 gimple_stmt_iterator si; 7055 7056 for (si = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (si); gsi_next (&si)) 7057 { 7058 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (si); 7059 eh_region stmt_region; 7060 int lp_nr; 7061 7062 lp_nr = lookup_stmt_eh_lp_fn (src_cfun, stmt); 7063 stmt_region = get_eh_region_from_lp_number_fn (src_cfun, lp_nr); 7064 if (stmt_region) 7065 { 7066 if (region == NULL) 7067 region = stmt_region; 7068 else if (stmt_region != region) 7069 { 7070 region = eh_region_outermost (src_cfun, stmt_region, region); 7071 if (region == NULL) 7072 { 7073 *all = true; 7074 return NULL; 7075 } 7076 } 7077 } 7078 } 7079 7080 return region; 7081 } 7082 7083 static tree 7084 new_label_mapper (tree decl, void *data) 7085 { 7086 htab_t hash = (htab_t) data; 7087 struct tree_map *m; 7088 void **slot; 7089 7090 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == LABEL_DECL); 7091 7092 m = XNEW (struct tree_map); 7093 m->hash = DECL_UID (decl); 7094 m->base.from = decl; 7095 m->to = create_artificial_label (UNKNOWN_LOCATION); 7096 LABEL_DECL_UID (m->to) = LABEL_DECL_UID (decl); 7097 if (LABEL_DECL_UID (m->to) >= cfun->cfg->last_label_uid) 7098 cfun->cfg->last_label_uid = LABEL_DECL_UID (m->to) + 1; 7099 7100 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (hash, m, m->hash, INSERT); 7101 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL); 7102 7103 *slot = m; 7104 7105 return m->to; 7106 } 7107 7108 /* Tree walker to replace the decls used inside value expressions by 7109 duplicates. */ 7110 7111 static tree 7112 replace_block_vars_by_duplicates_1 (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *data) 7113 { 7114 struct replace_decls_d *rd = (struct replace_decls_d *)data; 7115 7116 switch (TREE_CODE (*tp)) 7117 { 7118 case VAR_DECL: 7119 case PARM_DECL: 7120 case RESULT_DECL: 7121 replace_by_duplicate_decl (tp, rd->vars_map, rd->to_context); 7122 break; 7123 default: 7124 break; 7125 } 7126 7127 if (IS_TYPE_OR_DECL_P (*tp)) 7128 *walk_subtrees = false; 7129 7130 return NULL; 7131 } 7132 7133 /* Change DECL_CONTEXT of all BLOCK_VARS in block, including 7134 subblocks. */ 7135 7136 static void 7137 replace_block_vars_by_duplicates (tree block, hash_map<tree, tree> *vars_map, 7138 tree to_context) 7139 { 7140 tree *tp, t; 7141 7142 for (tp = &BLOCK_VARS (block); *tp; tp = &DECL_CHAIN (*tp)) 7143 { 7144 t = *tp; 7145 if (!VAR_P (t) && TREE_CODE (t) != CONST_DECL) 7146 continue; 7147 replace_by_duplicate_decl (&t, vars_map, to_context); 7148 if (t != *tp) 7149 { 7150 if (VAR_P (*tp) && DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (*tp)) 7151 { 7152 tree x = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (*tp); 7153 struct replace_decls_d rd = { vars_map, to_context }; 7154 unshare_expr (x); 7155 walk_tree (&x, replace_block_vars_by_duplicates_1, &rd, NULL); 7156 SET_DECL_VALUE_EXPR (t, x); 7157 DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (t) = 1; 7158 } 7159 DECL_CHAIN (t) = DECL_CHAIN (*tp); 7160 *tp = t; 7161 } 7162 } 7163 7164 for (block = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block); block; block = BLOCK_CHAIN (block)) 7165 replace_block_vars_by_duplicates (block, vars_map, to_context); 7166 } 7167 7168 /* Fixup the loop arrays and numbers after moving LOOP and its subloops 7169 from FN1 to FN2. */ 7170 7171 static void 7172 fixup_loop_arrays_after_move (struct function *fn1, struct function *fn2, 7173 struct loop *loop) 7174 { 7175 /* Discard it from the old loop array. */ 7176 (*get_loops (fn1))[loop->num] = NULL; 7177 7178 /* Place it in the new loop array, assigning it a new number. */ 7179 loop->num = number_of_loops (fn2); 7180 vec_safe_push (loops_for_fn (fn2)->larray, loop); 7181 7182 /* Recurse to children. */ 7183 for (loop = loop->inner; loop; loop = loop->next) 7184 fixup_loop_arrays_after_move (fn1, fn2, loop); 7185 } 7186 7187 /* Verify that the blocks in BBS_P are a single-entry, single-exit region 7188 delimited by ENTRY_BB and EXIT_BB, possibly containing noreturn blocks. */ 7189 7190 DEBUG_FUNCTION void 7191 verify_sese (basic_block entry, basic_block exit, vec<basic_block> *bbs_p) 7192 { 7193 basic_block bb; 7194 edge_iterator ei; 7195 edge e; 7196 bitmap bbs = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL); 7197 int i; 7198 7199 gcc_assert (entry != NULL); 7200 gcc_assert (entry != exit); 7201 gcc_assert (bbs_p != NULL); 7202 7203 gcc_assert (bbs_p->length () > 0); 7204 7205 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*bbs_p, i, bb) 7206 bitmap_set_bit (bbs, bb->index); 7207 7208 gcc_assert (bitmap_bit_p (bbs, entry->index)); 7209 gcc_assert (exit == NULL || bitmap_bit_p (bbs, exit->index)); 7210 7211 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*bbs_p, i, bb) 7212 { 7213 if (bb == entry) 7214 { 7215 gcc_assert (single_pred_p (entry)); 7216 gcc_assert (!bitmap_bit_p (bbs, single_pred (entry)->index)); 7217 } 7218 else 7219 for (ei = ei_start (bb->preds); !ei_end_p (ei); ei_next (&ei)) 7220 { 7221 e = ei_edge (ei); 7222 gcc_assert (bitmap_bit_p (bbs, e->src->index)); 7223 } 7224 7225 if (bb == exit) 7226 { 7227 gcc_assert (single_succ_p (exit)); 7228 gcc_assert (!bitmap_bit_p (bbs, single_succ (exit)->index)); 7229 } 7230 else 7231 for (ei = ei_start (bb->succs); !ei_end_p (ei); ei_next (&ei)) 7232 { 7233 e = ei_edge (ei); 7234 gcc_assert (bitmap_bit_p (bbs, e->dest->index)); 7235 } 7236 } 7237 7238 BITMAP_FREE (bbs); 7239 } 7240 7241 /* If FROM is an SSA_NAME, mark the version in bitmap DATA. */ 7242 7243 bool 7244 gather_ssa_name_hash_map_from (tree const &from, tree const &, void *data) 7245 { 7246 bitmap release_names = (bitmap)data; 7247 7248 if (TREE_CODE (from) != SSA_NAME) 7249 return true; 7250 7251 bitmap_set_bit (release_names, SSA_NAME_VERSION (from)); 7252 return true; 7253 } 7254 7255 /* Move a single-entry, single-exit region delimited by ENTRY_BB and 7256 EXIT_BB to function DEST_CFUN. The whole region is replaced by a 7257 single basic block in the original CFG and the new basic block is 7258 returned. DEST_CFUN must not have a CFG yet. 7259 7260 Note that the region need not be a pure SESE region. Blocks inside 7261 the region may contain calls to abort/exit. The only restriction 7262 is that ENTRY_BB should be the only entry point and it must 7263 dominate EXIT_BB. 7264 7265 Change TREE_BLOCK of all statements in ORIG_BLOCK to the new 7266 functions outermost BLOCK, move all subblocks of ORIG_BLOCK 7267 to the new function. 7268 7269 All local variables referenced in the region are assumed to be in 7270 the corresponding BLOCK_VARS and unexpanded variable lists 7271 associated with DEST_CFUN. 7272 7273 TODO: investigate whether we can reuse gimple_duplicate_sese_region to 7274 reimplement move_sese_region_to_fn by duplicating the region rather than 7275 moving it. */ 7276 7277 basic_block 7278 move_sese_region_to_fn (struct function *dest_cfun, basic_block entry_bb, 7279 basic_block exit_bb, tree orig_block) 7280 { 7281 vec<basic_block> bbs, dom_bbs; 7282 basic_block dom_entry = get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, entry_bb); 7283 basic_block after, bb, *entry_pred, *exit_succ, abb; 7284 struct function *saved_cfun = cfun; 7285 int *entry_flag, *exit_flag; 7286 unsigned *entry_prob, *exit_prob; 7287 unsigned i, num_entry_edges, num_exit_edges, num_nodes; 7288 edge e; 7289 edge_iterator ei; 7290 htab_t new_label_map; 7291 hash_map<void *, void *> *eh_map; 7292 struct loop *loop = entry_bb->loop_father; 7293 struct loop *loop0 = get_loop (saved_cfun, 0); 7294 struct move_stmt_d d; 7295 7296 /* If ENTRY does not strictly dominate EXIT, this cannot be an SESE 7297 region. */ 7298 gcc_assert (entry_bb != exit_bb 7299 && (!exit_bb 7300 || dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, exit_bb, entry_bb))); 7301 7302 /* Collect all the blocks in the region. Manually add ENTRY_BB 7303 because it won't be added by dfs_enumerate_from. */ 7304 bbs.create (0); 7305 bbs.safe_push (entry_bb); 7306 gather_blocks_in_sese_region (entry_bb, exit_bb, &bbs); 7307 7308 if (flag_checking) 7309 verify_sese (entry_bb, exit_bb, &bbs); 7310 7311 /* The blocks that used to be dominated by something in BBS will now be 7312 dominated by the new block. */ 7313 dom_bbs = get_dominated_by_region (CDI_DOMINATORS, 7314 bbs.address (), 7315 bbs.length ()); 7316 7317 /* Detach ENTRY_BB and EXIT_BB from CFUN->CFG. We need to remember 7318 the predecessor edges to ENTRY_BB and the successor edges to 7319 EXIT_BB so that we can re-attach them to the new basic block that 7320 will replace the region. */ 7321 num_entry_edges = EDGE_COUNT (entry_bb->preds); 7322 entry_pred = XNEWVEC (basic_block, num_entry_edges); 7323 entry_flag = XNEWVEC (int, num_entry_edges); 7324 entry_prob = XNEWVEC (unsigned, num_entry_edges); 7325 i = 0; 7326 for (ei = ei_start (entry_bb->preds); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)) != NULL;) 7327 { 7328 entry_prob[i] = e->probability; 7329 entry_flag[i] = e->flags; 7330 entry_pred[i++] = e->src; 7331 remove_edge (e); 7332 } 7333 7334 if (exit_bb) 7335 { 7336 num_exit_edges = EDGE_COUNT (exit_bb->succs); 7337 exit_succ = XNEWVEC (basic_block, num_exit_edges); 7338 exit_flag = XNEWVEC (int, num_exit_edges); 7339 exit_prob = XNEWVEC (unsigned, num_exit_edges); 7340 i = 0; 7341 for (ei = ei_start (exit_bb->succs); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)) != NULL;) 7342 { 7343 exit_prob[i] = e->probability; 7344 exit_flag[i] = e->flags; 7345 exit_succ[i++] = e->dest; 7346 remove_edge (e); 7347 } 7348 } 7349 else 7350 { 7351 num_exit_edges = 0; 7352 exit_succ = NULL; 7353 exit_flag = NULL; 7354 exit_prob = NULL; 7355 } 7356 7357 /* Switch context to the child function to initialize DEST_FN's CFG. */ 7358 gcc_assert (dest_cfun->cfg == NULL); 7359 push_cfun (dest_cfun); 7360 7361 init_empty_tree_cfg (); 7362 7363 /* Initialize EH information for the new function. */ 7364 eh_map = NULL; 7365 new_label_map = NULL; 7366 if (saved_cfun->eh) 7367 { 7368 eh_region region = NULL; 7369 bool all = false; 7370 7371 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (bbs, i, bb) 7372 { 7373 region = find_outermost_region_in_block (saved_cfun, bb, region, &all); 7374 if (all) 7375 break; 7376 } 7377 7378 init_eh_for_function (); 7379 if (region != NULL || all) 7380 { 7381 new_label_map = htab_create (17, tree_map_hash, tree_map_eq, free); 7382 eh_map = duplicate_eh_regions (saved_cfun, region, 0, 7383 new_label_mapper, new_label_map); 7384 } 7385 } 7386 7387 /* Initialize an empty loop tree. */ 7388 struct loops *loops = ggc_cleared_alloc<struct loops> (); 7389 init_loops_structure (dest_cfun, loops, 1); 7390 loops->state = LOOPS_MAY_HAVE_MULTIPLE_LATCHES; 7391 set_loops_for_fn (dest_cfun, loops); 7392 7393 /* Move the outlined loop tree part. */ 7394 num_nodes = bbs.length (); 7395 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (bbs, i, bb) 7396 { 7397 if (bb->loop_father->header == bb) 7398 { 7399 struct loop *this_loop = bb->loop_father; 7400 struct loop *outer = loop_outer (this_loop); 7401 if (outer == loop 7402 /* If the SESE region contains some bbs ending with 7403 a noreturn call, those are considered to belong 7404 to the outermost loop in saved_cfun, rather than 7405 the entry_bb's loop_father. */ 7406 || outer == loop0) 7407 { 7408 if (outer != loop) 7409 num_nodes -= this_loop->num_nodes; 7410 flow_loop_tree_node_remove (bb->loop_father); 7411 flow_loop_tree_node_add (get_loop (dest_cfun, 0), this_loop); 7412 fixup_loop_arrays_after_move (saved_cfun, cfun, this_loop); 7413 } 7414 } 7415 else if (bb->loop_father == loop0 && loop0 != loop) 7416 num_nodes--; 7417 7418 /* Remove loop exits from the outlined region. */ 7419 if (loops_for_fn (saved_cfun)->exits) 7420 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 7421 { 7422 struct loops *l = loops_for_fn (saved_cfun); 7423 loop_exit **slot 7424 = l->exits->find_slot_with_hash (e, htab_hash_pointer (e), 7425 NO_INSERT); 7426 if (slot) 7427 l->exits->clear_slot (slot); 7428 } 7429 } 7430 7431 7432 /* Adjust the number of blocks in the tree root of the outlined part. */ 7433 get_loop (dest_cfun, 0)->num_nodes = bbs.length () + 2; 7434 7435 /* Setup a mapping to be used by move_block_to_fn. */ 7436 loop->aux = current_loops->tree_root; 7437 loop0->aux = current_loops->tree_root; 7438 7439 pop_cfun (); 7440 7441 /* Move blocks from BBS into DEST_CFUN. */ 7442 gcc_assert (bbs.length () >= 2); 7443 after = dest_cfun->cfg->x_entry_block_ptr; 7444 hash_map<tree, tree> vars_map; 7445 7446 memset (&d, 0, sizeof (d)); 7447 d.orig_block = orig_block; 7448 d.new_block = DECL_INITIAL (dest_cfun->decl); 7449 d.from_context = cfun->decl; 7450 d.to_context = dest_cfun->decl; 7451 d.vars_map = &vars_map; 7452 d.new_label_map = new_label_map; 7453 d.eh_map = eh_map; 7454 d.remap_decls_p = true; 7455 7456 if (gimple_in_ssa_p (cfun)) 7457 for (tree arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (d.to_context); arg; arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg)) 7458 { 7459 tree narg = make_ssa_name_fn (dest_cfun, arg, gimple_build_nop ()); 7460 set_ssa_default_def (dest_cfun, arg, narg); 7461 vars_map.put (arg, narg); 7462 } 7463 7464 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (bbs, i, bb) 7465 { 7466 /* No need to update edge counts on the last block. It has 7467 already been updated earlier when we detached the region from 7468 the original CFG. */ 7469 move_block_to_fn (dest_cfun, bb, after, bb != exit_bb, &d); 7470 after = bb; 7471 } 7472 7473 loop->aux = NULL; 7474 loop0->aux = NULL; 7475 /* Loop sizes are no longer correct, fix them up. */ 7476 loop->num_nodes -= num_nodes; 7477 for (struct loop *outer = loop_outer (loop); 7478 outer; outer = loop_outer (outer)) 7479 outer->num_nodes -= num_nodes; 7480 loop0->num_nodes -= bbs.length () - num_nodes; 7481 7482 if (saved_cfun->has_simduid_loops || saved_cfun->has_force_vectorize_loops) 7483 { 7484 struct loop *aloop; 7485 for (i = 0; vec_safe_iterate (loops->larray, i, &aloop); i++) 7486 if (aloop != NULL) 7487 { 7488 if (aloop->simduid) 7489 { 7490 replace_by_duplicate_decl (&aloop->simduid, d.vars_map, 7491 d.to_context); 7492 dest_cfun->has_simduid_loops = true; 7493 } 7494 if (aloop->force_vectorize) 7495 dest_cfun->has_force_vectorize_loops = true; 7496 } 7497 } 7498 7499 /* Rewire BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS of orig_block. */ 7500 if (orig_block) 7501 { 7502 tree block; 7503 gcc_assert (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (DECL_INITIAL (dest_cfun->decl)) 7504 == NULL_TREE); 7505 BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (DECL_INITIAL (dest_cfun->decl)) 7506 = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (orig_block); 7507 for (block = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (orig_block); 7508 block; block = BLOCK_CHAIN (block)) 7509 BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block) = DECL_INITIAL (dest_cfun->decl); 7510 BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (orig_block) = NULL_TREE; 7511 } 7512 7513 replace_block_vars_by_duplicates (DECL_INITIAL (dest_cfun->decl), 7514 &vars_map, dest_cfun->decl); 7515 7516 if (new_label_map) 7517 htab_delete (new_label_map); 7518 if (eh_map) 7519 delete eh_map; 7520 7521 if (gimple_in_ssa_p (cfun)) 7522 { 7523 /* We need to release ssa-names in a defined order, so first find them, 7524 and then iterate in ascending version order. */ 7525 bitmap release_names = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL); 7526 vars_map.traverse<void *, gather_ssa_name_hash_map_from> (release_names); 7527 bitmap_iterator bi; 7528 unsigned i; 7529 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (release_names, 0, i, bi) 7530 release_ssa_name (ssa_name (i)); 7531 BITMAP_FREE (release_names); 7532 } 7533 7534 /* Rewire the entry and exit blocks. The successor to the entry 7535 block turns into the successor of DEST_FN's ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR in 7536 the child function. Similarly, the predecessor of DEST_FN's 7537 EXIT_BLOCK_PTR turns into the predecessor of EXIT_BLOCK_PTR. We 7538 need to switch CFUN between DEST_CFUN and SAVED_CFUN so that the 7539 various CFG manipulation function get to the right CFG. 7540 7541 FIXME, this is silly. The CFG ought to become a parameter to 7542 these helpers. */ 7543 push_cfun (dest_cfun); 7544 make_edge (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun), entry_bb, EDGE_FALLTHRU); 7545 if (exit_bb) 7546 make_edge (exit_bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun), 0); 7547 pop_cfun (); 7548 7549 /* Back in the original function, the SESE region has disappeared, 7550 create a new basic block in its place. */ 7551 bb = create_empty_bb (entry_pred[0]); 7552 if (current_loops) 7553 add_bb_to_loop (bb, loop); 7554 for (i = 0; i < num_entry_edges; i++) 7555 { 7556 e = make_edge (entry_pred[i], bb, entry_flag[i]); 7557 e->probability = entry_prob[i]; 7558 } 7559 7560 for (i = 0; i < num_exit_edges; i++) 7561 { 7562 e = make_edge (bb, exit_succ[i], exit_flag[i]); 7563 e->probability = exit_prob[i]; 7564 } 7565 7566 set_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb, dom_entry); 7567 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dom_bbs, i, abb) 7568 set_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, abb, bb); 7569 dom_bbs.release (); 7570 7571 if (exit_bb) 7572 { 7573 free (exit_prob); 7574 free (exit_flag); 7575 free (exit_succ); 7576 } 7577 free (entry_prob); 7578 free (entry_flag); 7579 free (entry_pred); 7580 bbs.release (); 7581 7582 return bb; 7583 } 7584 7585 /* Dump default def DEF to file FILE using FLAGS and indentation 7586 SPC. */ 7587 7588 static void 7589 dump_default_def (FILE *file, tree def, int spc, int flags) 7590 { 7591 for (int i = 0; i < spc; ++i) 7592 fprintf (file, " "); 7593 dump_ssaname_info_to_file (file, def, spc); 7594 7595 print_generic_expr (file, TREE_TYPE (def), flags); 7596 fprintf (file, " "); 7597 print_generic_expr (file, def, flags); 7598 fprintf (file, " = "); 7599 print_generic_expr (file, SSA_NAME_VAR (def), flags); 7600 fprintf (file, ";\n"); 7601 } 7602 7603 /* Dump FUNCTION_DECL FN to file FILE using FLAGS (see TDF_* in dumpfile.h) 7604 */ 7605 7606 void 7607 dump_function_to_file (tree fndecl, FILE *file, int flags) 7608 { 7609 tree arg, var, old_current_fndecl = current_function_decl; 7610 struct function *dsf; 7611 bool ignore_topmost_bind = false, any_var = false; 7612 basic_block bb; 7613 tree chain; 7614 bool tmclone = (TREE_CODE (fndecl) == FUNCTION_DECL 7615 && decl_is_tm_clone (fndecl)); 7616 struct function *fun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (fndecl); 7617 7618 if (DECL_ATTRIBUTES (fndecl) != NULL_TREE) 7619 { 7620 fprintf (file, "__attribute__(("); 7621 7622 bool first = true; 7623 tree chain; 7624 for (chain = DECL_ATTRIBUTES (fndecl); chain; 7625 first = false, chain = TREE_CHAIN (chain)) 7626 { 7627 if (!first) 7628 fprintf (file, ", "); 7629 7630 print_generic_expr (file, get_attribute_name (chain), dump_flags); 7631 if (TREE_VALUE (chain) != NULL_TREE) 7632 { 7633 fprintf (file, " ("); 7634 print_generic_expr (file, TREE_VALUE (chain), dump_flags); 7635 fprintf (file, ")"); 7636 } 7637 } 7638 7639 fprintf (file, "))\n"); 7640 } 7641 7642 current_function_decl = fndecl; 7643 if (flags & TDF_GIMPLE) 7644 { 7645 print_generic_expr (file, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fndecl)), 7646 dump_flags | TDF_SLIM); 7647 fprintf (file, " __GIMPLE ()\n%s (", function_name (fun)); 7648 } 7649 else 7650 fprintf (file, "%s %s(", function_name (fun), tmclone ? "[tm-clone] " : ""); 7651 7652 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl); 7653 while (arg) 7654 { 7655 print_generic_expr (file, TREE_TYPE (arg), dump_flags); 7656 fprintf (file, " "); 7657 print_generic_expr (file, arg, dump_flags); 7658 if (flags & TDF_VERBOSE) 7659 print_node (file, "", arg, 4); 7660 if (DECL_CHAIN (arg)) 7661 fprintf (file, ", "); 7662 arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg); 7663 } 7664 fprintf (file, ")\n"); 7665 7666 if (flags & TDF_VERBOSE) 7667 print_node (file, "", fndecl, 2); 7668 7669 dsf = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (fndecl); 7670 if (dsf && (flags & TDF_EH)) 7671 dump_eh_tree (file, dsf); 7672 7673 if (flags & TDF_RAW && !gimple_has_body_p (fndecl)) 7674 { 7675 dump_node (fndecl, TDF_SLIM | flags, file); 7676 current_function_decl = old_current_fndecl; 7677 return; 7678 } 7679 7680 /* When GIMPLE is lowered, the variables are no longer available in 7681 BIND_EXPRs, so display them separately. */ 7682 if (fun && fun->decl == fndecl && (fun->curr_properties & PROP_gimple_lcf)) 7683 { 7684 unsigned ix; 7685 ignore_topmost_bind = true; 7686 7687 fprintf (file, "{\n"); 7688 if (gimple_in_ssa_p (fun) 7689 && (flags & TDF_ALIAS)) 7690 { 7691 for (arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl); arg != NULL; 7692 arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg)) 7693 { 7694 tree def = ssa_default_def (fun, arg); 7695 if (def) 7696 dump_default_def (file, def, 2, flags); 7697 } 7698 7699 tree res = DECL_RESULT (fun->decl); 7700 if (res != NULL_TREE 7701 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (res)) 7702 { 7703 tree def = ssa_default_def (fun, res); 7704 if (def) 7705 dump_default_def (file, def, 2, flags); 7706 } 7707 7708 tree static_chain = fun->static_chain_decl; 7709 if (static_chain != NULL_TREE) 7710 { 7711 tree def = ssa_default_def (fun, static_chain); 7712 if (def) 7713 dump_default_def (file, def, 2, flags); 7714 } 7715 } 7716 7717 if (!vec_safe_is_empty (fun->local_decls)) 7718 FOR_EACH_LOCAL_DECL (fun, ix, var) 7719 { 7720 print_generic_decl (file, var, flags); 7721 if (flags & TDF_VERBOSE) 7722 print_node (file, "", var, 4); 7723 fprintf (file, "\n"); 7724 7725 any_var = true; 7726 } 7727 7728 tree name; 7729 7730 if (gimple_in_ssa_p (cfun)) 7731 FOR_EACH_SSA_NAME (ix, name, cfun) 7732 { 7733 if (!SSA_NAME_VAR (name)) 7734 { 7735 fprintf (file, " "); 7736 print_generic_expr (file, TREE_TYPE (name), flags); 7737 fprintf (file, " "); 7738 print_generic_expr (file, name, flags); 7739 fprintf (file, ";\n"); 7740 7741 any_var = true; 7742 } 7743 } 7744 } 7745 7746 if (fun && fun->decl == fndecl 7747 && fun->cfg 7748 && basic_block_info_for_fn (fun)) 7749 { 7750 /* If the CFG has been built, emit a CFG-based dump. */ 7751 if (!ignore_topmost_bind) 7752 fprintf (file, "{\n"); 7753 7754 if (any_var && n_basic_blocks_for_fn (fun)) 7755 fprintf (file, "\n"); 7756 7757 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, fun) 7758 dump_bb (file, bb, 2, flags | TDF_COMMENT); 7759 7760 fprintf (file, "}\n"); 7761 } 7762 else if (fun->curr_properties & PROP_gimple_any) 7763 { 7764 /* The function is now in GIMPLE form but the CFG has not been 7765 built yet. Emit the single sequence of GIMPLE statements 7766 that make up its body. */ 7767 gimple_seq body = gimple_body (fndecl); 7768 7769 if (gimple_seq_first_stmt (body) 7770 && gimple_seq_first_stmt (body) == gimple_seq_last_stmt (body) 7771 && gimple_code (gimple_seq_first_stmt (body)) == GIMPLE_BIND) 7772 print_gimple_seq (file, body, 0, flags); 7773 else 7774 { 7775 if (!ignore_topmost_bind) 7776 fprintf (file, "{\n"); 7777 7778 if (any_var) 7779 fprintf (file, "\n"); 7780 7781 print_gimple_seq (file, body, 2, flags); 7782 fprintf (file, "}\n"); 7783 } 7784 } 7785 else 7786 { 7787 int indent; 7788 7789 /* Make a tree based dump. */ 7790 chain = DECL_SAVED_TREE (fndecl); 7791 if (chain && TREE_CODE (chain) == BIND_EXPR) 7792 { 7793 if (ignore_topmost_bind) 7794 { 7795 chain = BIND_EXPR_BODY (chain); 7796 indent = 2; 7797 } 7798 else 7799 indent = 0; 7800 } 7801 else 7802 { 7803 if (!ignore_topmost_bind) 7804 { 7805 fprintf (file, "{\n"); 7806 /* No topmost bind, pretend it's ignored for later. */ 7807 ignore_topmost_bind = true; 7808 } 7809 indent = 2; 7810 } 7811 7812 if (any_var) 7813 fprintf (file, "\n"); 7814 7815 print_generic_stmt_indented (file, chain, flags, indent); 7816 if (ignore_topmost_bind) 7817 fprintf (file, "}\n"); 7818 } 7819 7820 if (flags & TDF_ENUMERATE_LOCALS) 7821 dump_enumerated_decls (file, flags); 7822 fprintf (file, "\n\n"); 7823 7824 current_function_decl = old_current_fndecl; 7825 } 7826 7827 /* Dump FUNCTION_DECL FN to stderr using FLAGS (see TDF_* in tree.h) */ 7828 7829 DEBUG_FUNCTION void 7830 debug_function (tree fn, int flags) 7831 { 7832 dump_function_to_file (fn, stderr, flags); 7833 } 7834 7835 7836 /* Print on FILE the indexes for the predecessors of basic_block BB. */ 7837 7838 static void 7839 print_pred_bbs (FILE *file, basic_block bb) 7840 { 7841 edge e; 7842 edge_iterator ei; 7843 7844 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds) 7845 fprintf (file, "bb_%d ", e->src->index); 7846 } 7847 7848 7849 /* Print on FILE the indexes for the successors of basic_block BB. */ 7850 7851 static void 7852 print_succ_bbs (FILE *file, basic_block bb) 7853 { 7854 edge e; 7855 edge_iterator ei; 7856 7857 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 7858 fprintf (file, "bb_%d ", e->dest->index); 7859 } 7860 7861 /* Print to FILE the basic block BB following the VERBOSITY level. */ 7862 7863 void 7864 print_loops_bb (FILE *file, basic_block bb, int indent, int verbosity) 7865 { 7866 char *s_indent = (char *) alloca ((size_t) indent + 1); 7867 memset ((void *) s_indent, ' ', (size_t) indent); 7868 s_indent[indent] = '\0'; 7869 7870 /* Print basic_block's header. */ 7871 if (verbosity >= 2) 7872 { 7873 fprintf (file, "%s bb_%d (preds = {", s_indent, bb->index); 7874 print_pred_bbs (file, bb); 7875 fprintf (file, "}, succs = {"); 7876 print_succ_bbs (file, bb); 7877 fprintf (file, "})\n"); 7878 } 7879 7880 /* Print basic_block's body. */ 7881 if (verbosity >= 3) 7882 { 7883 fprintf (file, "%s {\n", s_indent); 7884 dump_bb (file, bb, indent + 4, TDF_VOPS|TDF_MEMSYMS); 7885 fprintf (file, "%s }\n", s_indent); 7886 } 7887 } 7888 7889 static void print_loop_and_siblings (FILE *, struct loop *, int, int); 7890 7891 /* Pretty print LOOP on FILE, indented INDENT spaces. Following 7892 VERBOSITY level this outputs the contents of the loop, or just its 7893 structure. */ 7894 7895 static void 7896 print_loop (FILE *file, struct loop *loop, int indent, int verbosity) 7897 { 7898 char *s_indent; 7899 basic_block bb; 7900 7901 if (loop == NULL) 7902 return; 7903 7904 s_indent = (char *) alloca ((size_t) indent + 1); 7905 memset ((void *) s_indent, ' ', (size_t) indent); 7906 s_indent[indent] = '\0'; 7907 7908 /* Print loop's header. */ 7909 fprintf (file, "%sloop_%d (", s_indent, loop->num); 7910 if (loop->header) 7911 fprintf (file, "header = %d", loop->header->index); 7912 else 7913 { 7914 fprintf (file, "deleted)\n"); 7915 return; 7916 } 7917 if (loop->latch) 7918 fprintf (file, ", latch = %d", loop->latch->index); 7919 else 7920 fprintf (file, ", multiple latches"); 7921 fprintf (file, ", niter = "); 7922 print_generic_expr (file, loop->nb_iterations, 0); 7923 7924 if (loop->any_upper_bound) 7925 { 7926 fprintf (file, ", upper_bound = "); 7927 print_decu (loop->nb_iterations_upper_bound, file); 7928 } 7929 if (loop->any_likely_upper_bound) 7930 { 7931 fprintf (file, ", likely_upper_bound = "); 7932 print_decu (loop->nb_iterations_likely_upper_bound, file); 7933 } 7934 7935 if (loop->any_estimate) 7936 { 7937 fprintf (file, ", estimate = "); 7938 print_decu (loop->nb_iterations_estimate, file); 7939 } 7940 fprintf (file, ")\n"); 7941 7942 /* Print loop's body. */ 7943 if (verbosity >= 1) 7944 { 7945 fprintf (file, "%s{\n", s_indent); 7946 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun) 7947 if (bb->loop_father == loop) 7948 print_loops_bb (file, bb, indent, verbosity); 7949 7950 print_loop_and_siblings (file, loop->inner, indent + 2, verbosity); 7951 fprintf (file, "%s}\n", s_indent); 7952 } 7953 } 7954 7955 /* Print the LOOP and its sibling loops on FILE, indented INDENT 7956 spaces. Following VERBOSITY level this outputs the contents of the 7957 loop, or just its structure. */ 7958 7959 static void 7960 print_loop_and_siblings (FILE *file, struct loop *loop, int indent, 7961 int verbosity) 7962 { 7963 if (loop == NULL) 7964 return; 7965 7966 print_loop (file, loop, indent, verbosity); 7967 print_loop_and_siblings (file, loop->next, indent, verbosity); 7968 } 7969 7970 /* Follow a CFG edge from the entry point of the program, and on entry 7971 of a loop, pretty print the loop structure on FILE. */ 7972 7973 void 7974 print_loops (FILE *file, int verbosity) 7975 { 7976 basic_block bb; 7977 7978 bb = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun); 7979 fprintf (file, "\nLoops in function: %s\n", current_function_name ()); 7980 if (bb && bb->loop_father) 7981 print_loop_and_siblings (file, bb->loop_father, 0, verbosity); 7982 } 7983 7984 /* Dump a loop. */ 7985 7986 DEBUG_FUNCTION void 7987 debug (struct loop &ref) 7988 { 7989 print_loop (stderr, &ref, 0, /*verbosity*/0); 7990 } 7991 7992 DEBUG_FUNCTION void 7993 debug (struct loop *ptr) 7994 { 7995 if (ptr) 7996 debug (*ptr); 7997 else 7998 fprintf (stderr, "<nil>\n"); 7999 } 8000 8001 /* Dump a loop verbosely. */ 8002 8003 DEBUG_FUNCTION void 8004 debug_verbose (struct loop &ref) 8005 { 8006 print_loop (stderr, &ref, 0, /*verbosity*/3); 8007 } 8008 8009 DEBUG_FUNCTION void 8010 debug_verbose (struct loop *ptr) 8011 { 8012 if (ptr) 8013 debug (*ptr); 8014 else 8015 fprintf (stderr, "<nil>\n"); 8016 } 8017 8018 8019 /* Debugging loops structure at tree level, at some VERBOSITY level. */ 8020 8021 DEBUG_FUNCTION void 8022 debug_loops (int verbosity) 8023 { 8024 print_loops (stderr, verbosity); 8025 } 8026 8027 /* Print on stderr the code of LOOP, at some VERBOSITY level. */ 8028 8029 DEBUG_FUNCTION void 8030 debug_loop (struct loop *loop, int verbosity) 8031 { 8032 print_loop (stderr, loop, 0, verbosity); 8033 } 8034 8035 /* Print on stderr the code of loop number NUM, at some VERBOSITY 8036 level. */ 8037 8038 DEBUG_FUNCTION void 8039 debug_loop_num (unsigned num, int verbosity) 8040 { 8041 debug_loop (get_loop (cfun, num), verbosity); 8042 } 8043 8044 /* Return true if BB ends with a call, possibly followed by some 8045 instructions that must stay with the call. Return false, 8046 otherwise. */ 8047 8048 static bool 8049 gimple_block_ends_with_call_p (basic_block bb) 8050 { 8051 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_last_nondebug_bb (bb); 8052 return !gsi_end_p (gsi) && is_gimple_call (gsi_stmt (gsi)); 8053 } 8054 8055 8056 /* Return true if BB ends with a conditional branch. Return false, 8057 otherwise. */ 8058 8059 static bool 8060 gimple_block_ends_with_condjump_p (const_basic_block bb) 8061 { 8062 gimple *stmt = last_stmt (CONST_CAST_BB (bb)); 8063 return (stmt && gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND); 8064 } 8065 8066 8067 /* Return true if statement T may terminate execution of BB in ways not 8068 explicitly represtented in the CFG. */ 8069 8070 bool 8071 stmt_can_terminate_bb_p (gimple *t) 8072 { 8073 tree fndecl = NULL_TREE; 8074 int call_flags = 0; 8075 8076 /* Eh exception not handled internally terminates execution of the whole 8077 function. */ 8078 if (stmt_can_throw_external (t)) 8079 return true; 8080 8081 /* NORETURN and LONGJMP calls already have an edge to exit. 8082 CONST and PURE calls do not need one. 8083 We don't currently check for CONST and PURE here, although 8084 it would be a good idea, because those attributes are 8085 figured out from the RTL in mark_constant_function, and 8086 the counter incrementation code from -fprofile-arcs 8087 leads to different results from -fbranch-probabilities. */ 8088 if (is_gimple_call (t)) 8089 { 8090 fndecl = gimple_call_fndecl (t); 8091 call_flags = gimple_call_flags (t); 8092 } 8093 8094 if (is_gimple_call (t) 8095 && fndecl 8096 && DECL_BUILT_IN (fndecl) 8097 && (call_flags & ECF_NOTHROW) 8098 && !(call_flags & ECF_RETURNS_TWICE) 8099 /* fork() doesn't really return twice, but the effect of 8100 wrapping it in __gcov_fork() which calls __gcov_flush() 8101 and clears the counters before forking has the same 8102 effect as returning twice. Force a fake edge. */ 8103 && !(DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL 8104 && DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_FORK)) 8105 return false; 8106 8107 if (is_gimple_call (t)) 8108 { 8109 edge_iterator ei; 8110 edge e; 8111 basic_block bb; 8112 8113 if (call_flags & (ECF_PURE | ECF_CONST) 8114 && !(call_flags & ECF_LOOPING_CONST_OR_PURE)) 8115 return false; 8116 8117 /* Function call may do longjmp, terminate program or do other things. 8118 Special case noreturn that have non-abnormal edges out as in this case 8119 the fact is sufficiently represented by lack of edges out of T. */ 8120 if (!(call_flags & ECF_NORETURN)) 8121 return true; 8122 8123 bb = gimple_bb (t); 8124 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 8125 if ((e->flags & EDGE_FAKE) == 0) 8126 return true; 8127 } 8128 8129 if (gasm *asm_stmt = dyn_cast <gasm *> (t)) 8130 if (gimple_asm_volatile_p (asm_stmt) || gimple_asm_input_p (asm_stmt)) 8131 return true; 8132 8133 return false; 8134 } 8135 8136 8137 /* Add fake edges to the function exit for any non constant and non 8138 noreturn calls (or noreturn calls with EH/abnormal edges), 8139 volatile inline assembly in the bitmap of blocks specified by BLOCKS 8140 or to the whole CFG if BLOCKS is zero. Return the number of blocks 8141 that were split. 8142 8143 The goal is to expose cases in which entering a basic block does 8144 not imply that all subsequent instructions must be executed. */ 8145 8146 static int 8147 gimple_flow_call_edges_add (sbitmap blocks) 8148 { 8149 int i; 8150 int blocks_split = 0; 8151 int last_bb = last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun); 8152 bool check_last_block = false; 8153 8154 if (n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun) == NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS) 8155 return 0; 8156 8157 if (! blocks) 8158 check_last_block = true; 8159 else 8160 check_last_block = bitmap_bit_p (blocks, 8161 EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->prev_bb->index); 8162 8163 /* In the last basic block, before epilogue generation, there will be 8164 a fallthru edge to EXIT. Special care is required if the last insn 8165 of the last basic block is a call because make_edge folds duplicate 8166 edges, which would result in the fallthru edge also being marked 8167 fake, which would result in the fallthru edge being removed by 8168 remove_fake_edges, which would result in an invalid CFG. 8169 8170 Moreover, we can't elide the outgoing fake edge, since the block 8171 profiler needs to take this into account in order to solve the minimal 8172 spanning tree in the case that the call doesn't return. 8173 8174 Handle this by adding a dummy instruction in a new last basic block. */ 8175 if (check_last_block) 8176 { 8177 basic_block bb = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->prev_bb; 8178 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_last_nondebug_bb (bb); 8179 gimple *t = NULL; 8180 8181 if (!gsi_end_p (gsi)) 8182 t = gsi_stmt (gsi); 8183 8184 if (t && stmt_can_terminate_bb_p (t)) 8185 { 8186 edge e; 8187 8188 e = find_edge (bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)); 8189 if (e) 8190 { 8191 gsi_insert_on_edge (e, gimple_build_nop ()); 8192 gsi_commit_edge_inserts (); 8193 } 8194 } 8195 } 8196 8197 /* Now add fake edges to the function exit for any non constant 8198 calls since there is no way that we can determine if they will 8199 return or not... */ 8200 for (i = 0; i < last_bb; i++) 8201 { 8202 basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, i); 8203 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi; 8204 gimple *stmt, *last_stmt; 8205 8206 if (!bb) 8207 continue; 8208 8209 if (blocks && !bitmap_bit_p (blocks, i)) 8210 continue; 8211 8212 gsi = gsi_last_nondebug_bb (bb); 8213 if (!gsi_end_p (gsi)) 8214 { 8215 last_stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 8216 do 8217 { 8218 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 8219 if (stmt_can_terminate_bb_p (stmt)) 8220 { 8221 edge e; 8222 8223 /* The handling above of the final block before the 8224 epilogue should be enough to verify that there is 8225 no edge to the exit block in CFG already. 8226 Calling make_edge in such case would cause us to 8227 mark that edge as fake and remove it later. */ 8228 if (flag_checking && stmt == last_stmt) 8229 { 8230 e = find_edge (bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)); 8231 gcc_assert (e == NULL); 8232 } 8233 8234 /* Note that the following may create a new basic block 8235 and renumber the existing basic blocks. */ 8236 if (stmt != last_stmt) 8237 { 8238 e = split_block (bb, stmt); 8239 if (e) 8240 blocks_split++; 8241 } 8242 make_edge (bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun), EDGE_FAKE); 8243 } 8244 gsi_prev (&gsi); 8245 } 8246 while (!gsi_end_p (gsi)); 8247 } 8248 } 8249 8250 if (blocks_split) 8251 verify_flow_info (); 8252 8253 return blocks_split; 8254 } 8255 8256 /* Removes edge E and all the blocks dominated by it, and updates dominance 8257 information. The IL in E->src needs to be updated separately. 8258 If dominance info is not available, only the edge E is removed.*/ 8259 8260 void 8261 remove_edge_and_dominated_blocks (edge e) 8262 { 8263 vec<basic_block> bbs_to_remove = vNULL; 8264 vec<basic_block> bbs_to_fix_dom = vNULL; 8265 bitmap df, df_idom; 8266 edge f; 8267 edge_iterator ei; 8268 bool none_removed = false; 8269 unsigned i; 8270 basic_block bb, dbb; 8271 bitmap_iterator bi; 8272 8273 /* If we are removing a path inside a non-root loop that may change 8274 loop ownership of blocks or remove loops. Mark loops for fixup. */ 8275 if (current_loops 8276 && loop_outer (e->src->loop_father) != NULL 8277 && e->src->loop_father == e->dest->loop_father) 8278 loops_state_set (LOOPS_NEED_FIXUP); 8279 8280 if (!dom_info_available_p (CDI_DOMINATORS)) 8281 { 8282 remove_edge (e); 8283 return; 8284 } 8285 8286 /* No updating is needed for edges to exit. */ 8287 if (e->dest == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)) 8288 { 8289 if (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs) 8290 bitmap_set_bit (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs, e->src->index); 8291 remove_edge (e); 8292 return; 8293 } 8294 8295 /* First, we find the basic blocks to remove. If E->dest has a predecessor 8296 that is not dominated by E->dest, then this set is empty. Otherwise, 8297 all the basic blocks dominated by E->dest are removed. 8298 8299 Also, to DF_IDOM we store the immediate dominators of the blocks in 8300 the dominance frontier of E (i.e., of the successors of the 8301 removed blocks, if there are any, and of E->dest otherwise). */ 8302 FOR_EACH_EDGE (f, ei, e->dest->preds) 8303 { 8304 if (f == e) 8305 continue; 8306 8307 if (!dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, f->src, e->dest)) 8308 { 8309 none_removed = true; 8310 break; 8311 } 8312 } 8313 8314 df = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL); 8315 df_idom = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL); 8316 8317 if (none_removed) 8318 bitmap_set_bit (df_idom, 8319 get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, e->dest)->index); 8320 else 8321 { 8322 bbs_to_remove = get_all_dominated_blocks (CDI_DOMINATORS, e->dest); 8323 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (bbs_to_remove, i, bb) 8324 { 8325 FOR_EACH_EDGE (f, ei, bb->succs) 8326 { 8327 if (f->dest != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)) 8328 bitmap_set_bit (df, f->dest->index); 8329 } 8330 } 8331 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (bbs_to_remove, i, bb) 8332 bitmap_clear_bit (df, bb->index); 8333 8334 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (df, 0, i, bi) 8335 { 8336 bb = BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, i); 8337 bitmap_set_bit (df_idom, 8338 get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb)->index); 8339 } 8340 } 8341 8342 if (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs) 8343 { 8344 /* Record the set of the altered basic blocks. */ 8345 bitmap_set_bit (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs, e->src->index); 8346 bitmap_ior_into (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs, df); 8347 } 8348 8349 /* Remove E and the cancelled blocks. */ 8350 if (none_removed) 8351 remove_edge (e); 8352 else 8353 { 8354 /* Walk backwards so as to get a chance to substitute all 8355 released DEFs into debug stmts. See 8356 eliminate_unnecessary_stmts() in tree-ssa-dce.c for more 8357 details. */ 8358 for (i = bbs_to_remove.length (); i-- > 0; ) 8359 delete_basic_block (bbs_to_remove[i]); 8360 } 8361 8362 /* Update the dominance information. The immediate dominator may change only 8363 for blocks whose immediate dominator belongs to DF_IDOM: 8364 8365 Suppose that idom(X) = Y before removal of E and idom(X) != Y after the 8366 removal. Let Z the arbitrary block such that idom(Z) = Y and 8367 Z dominates X after the removal. Before removal, there exists a path P 8368 from Y to X that avoids Z. Let F be the last edge on P that is 8369 removed, and let W = F->dest. Before removal, idom(W) = Y (since Y 8370 dominates W, and because of P, Z does not dominate W), and W belongs to 8371 the dominance frontier of E. Therefore, Y belongs to DF_IDOM. */ 8372 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (df_idom, 0, i, bi) 8373 { 8374 bb = BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, i); 8375 for (dbb = first_dom_son (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb); 8376 dbb; 8377 dbb = next_dom_son (CDI_DOMINATORS, dbb)) 8378 bbs_to_fix_dom.safe_push (dbb); 8379 } 8380 8381 iterate_fix_dominators (CDI_DOMINATORS, bbs_to_fix_dom, true); 8382 8383 BITMAP_FREE (df); 8384 BITMAP_FREE (df_idom); 8385 bbs_to_remove.release (); 8386 bbs_to_fix_dom.release (); 8387 } 8388 8389 /* Purge dead EH edges from basic block BB. */ 8390 8391 bool 8392 gimple_purge_dead_eh_edges (basic_block bb) 8393 { 8394 bool changed = false; 8395 edge e; 8396 edge_iterator ei; 8397 gimple *stmt = last_stmt (bb); 8398 8399 if (stmt && stmt_can_throw_internal (stmt)) 8400 return false; 8401 8402 for (ei = ei_start (bb->succs); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)); ) 8403 { 8404 if (e->flags & EDGE_EH) 8405 { 8406 remove_edge_and_dominated_blocks (e); 8407 changed = true; 8408 } 8409 else 8410 ei_next (&ei); 8411 } 8412 8413 return changed; 8414 } 8415 8416 /* Purge dead EH edges from basic block listed in BLOCKS. */ 8417 8418 bool 8419 gimple_purge_all_dead_eh_edges (const_bitmap blocks) 8420 { 8421 bool changed = false; 8422 unsigned i; 8423 bitmap_iterator bi; 8424 8425 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (blocks, 0, i, bi) 8426 { 8427 basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, i); 8428 8429 /* Earlier gimple_purge_dead_eh_edges could have removed 8430 this basic block already. */ 8431 gcc_assert (bb || changed); 8432 if (bb != NULL) 8433 changed |= gimple_purge_dead_eh_edges (bb); 8434 } 8435 8436 return changed; 8437 } 8438 8439 /* Purge dead abnormal call edges from basic block BB. */ 8440 8441 bool 8442 gimple_purge_dead_abnormal_call_edges (basic_block bb) 8443 { 8444 bool changed = false; 8445 edge e; 8446 edge_iterator ei; 8447 gimple *stmt = last_stmt (bb); 8448 8449 if (!cfun->has_nonlocal_label 8450 && !cfun->calls_setjmp) 8451 return false; 8452 8453 if (stmt && stmt_can_make_abnormal_goto (stmt)) 8454 return false; 8455 8456 for (ei = ei_start (bb->succs); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)); ) 8457 { 8458 if (e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL) 8459 { 8460 if (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU) 8461 e->flags &= ~EDGE_ABNORMAL; 8462 else 8463 remove_edge_and_dominated_blocks (e); 8464 changed = true; 8465 } 8466 else 8467 ei_next (&ei); 8468 } 8469 8470 return changed; 8471 } 8472 8473 /* Purge dead abnormal call edges from basic block listed in BLOCKS. */ 8474 8475 bool 8476 gimple_purge_all_dead_abnormal_call_edges (const_bitmap blocks) 8477 { 8478 bool changed = false; 8479 unsigned i; 8480 bitmap_iterator bi; 8481 8482 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (blocks, 0, i, bi) 8483 { 8484 basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, i); 8485 8486 /* Earlier gimple_purge_dead_abnormal_call_edges could have removed 8487 this basic block already. */ 8488 gcc_assert (bb || changed); 8489 if (bb != NULL) 8490 changed |= gimple_purge_dead_abnormal_call_edges (bb); 8491 } 8492 8493 return changed; 8494 } 8495 8496 /* This function is called whenever a new edge is created or 8497 redirected. */ 8498 8499 static void 8500 gimple_execute_on_growing_pred (edge e) 8501 { 8502 basic_block bb = e->dest; 8503 8504 if (!gimple_seq_empty_p (phi_nodes (bb))) 8505 reserve_phi_args_for_new_edge (bb); 8506 } 8507 8508 /* This function is called immediately before edge E is removed from 8509 the edge vector E->dest->preds. */ 8510 8511 static void 8512 gimple_execute_on_shrinking_pred (edge e) 8513 { 8514 if (!gimple_seq_empty_p (phi_nodes (e->dest))) 8515 remove_phi_args (e); 8516 } 8517 8518 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8519 Helper functions for Loop versioning 8520 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ 8521 8522 /* Adjust phi nodes for 'first' basic block. 'second' basic block is a copy 8523 of 'first'. Both of them are dominated by 'new_head' basic block. When 8524 'new_head' was created by 'second's incoming edge it received phi arguments 8525 on the edge by split_edge(). Later, additional edge 'e' was created to 8526 connect 'new_head' and 'first'. Now this routine adds phi args on this 8527 additional edge 'e' that new_head to second edge received as part of edge 8528 splitting. */ 8529 8530 static void 8531 gimple_lv_adjust_loop_header_phi (basic_block first, basic_block second, 8532 basic_block new_head, edge e) 8533 { 8534 gphi *phi1, *phi2; 8535 gphi_iterator psi1, psi2; 8536 tree def; 8537 edge e2 = find_edge (new_head, second); 8538 8539 /* Because NEW_HEAD has been created by splitting SECOND's incoming 8540 edge, we should always have an edge from NEW_HEAD to SECOND. */ 8541 gcc_assert (e2 != NULL); 8542 8543 /* Browse all 'second' basic block phi nodes and add phi args to 8544 edge 'e' for 'first' head. PHI args are always in correct order. */ 8545 8546 for (psi2 = gsi_start_phis (second), 8547 psi1 = gsi_start_phis (first); 8548 !gsi_end_p (psi2) && !gsi_end_p (psi1); 8549 gsi_next (&psi2), gsi_next (&psi1)) 8550 { 8551 phi1 = psi1.phi (); 8552 phi2 = psi2.phi (); 8553 def = PHI_ARG_DEF (phi2, e2->dest_idx); 8554 add_phi_arg (phi1, def, e, gimple_phi_arg_location_from_edge (phi2, e2)); 8555 } 8556 } 8557 8558 8559 /* Adds a if else statement to COND_BB with condition COND_EXPR. 8560 SECOND_HEAD is the destination of the THEN and FIRST_HEAD is 8561 the destination of the ELSE part. */ 8562 8563 static void 8564 gimple_lv_add_condition_to_bb (basic_block first_head ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 8565 basic_block second_head ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 8566 basic_block cond_bb, void *cond_e) 8567 { 8568 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi; 8569 gimple *new_cond_expr; 8570 tree cond_expr = (tree) cond_e; 8571 edge e0; 8572 8573 /* Build new conditional expr */ 8574 new_cond_expr = gimple_build_cond_from_tree (cond_expr, 8575 NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE); 8576 8577 /* Add new cond in cond_bb. */ 8578 gsi = gsi_last_bb (cond_bb); 8579 gsi_insert_after (&gsi, new_cond_expr, GSI_NEW_STMT); 8580 8581 /* Adjust edges appropriately to connect new head with first head 8582 as well as second head. */ 8583 e0 = single_succ_edge (cond_bb); 8584 e0->flags &= ~EDGE_FALLTHRU; 8585 e0->flags |= EDGE_FALSE_VALUE; 8586 } 8587 8588 8589 /* Do book-keeping of basic block BB for the profile consistency checker. 8590 If AFTER_PASS is 0, do pre-pass accounting, or if AFTER_PASS is 1 8591 then do post-pass accounting. Store the counting in RECORD. */ 8592 static void 8593 gimple_account_profile_record (basic_block bb, int after_pass, 8594 struct profile_record *record) 8595 { 8596 gimple_stmt_iterator i; 8597 for (i = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (i); gsi_next (&i)) 8598 { 8599 record->size[after_pass] 8600 += estimate_num_insns (gsi_stmt (i), &eni_size_weights); 8601 if (profile_status_for_fn (cfun) == PROFILE_READ) 8602 record->time[after_pass] 8603 += estimate_num_insns (gsi_stmt (i), 8604 &eni_time_weights) * bb->count; 8605 else if (profile_status_for_fn (cfun) == PROFILE_GUESSED) 8606 record->time[after_pass] 8607 += estimate_num_insns (gsi_stmt (i), 8608 &eni_time_weights) * bb->frequency; 8609 } 8610 } 8611 8612 struct cfg_hooks gimple_cfg_hooks = { 8613 "gimple", 8614 gimple_verify_flow_info, 8615 gimple_dump_bb, /* dump_bb */ 8616 gimple_dump_bb_for_graph, /* dump_bb_for_graph */ 8617 create_bb, /* create_basic_block */ 8618 gimple_redirect_edge_and_branch, /* redirect_edge_and_branch */ 8619 gimple_redirect_edge_and_branch_force, /* redirect_edge_and_branch_force */ 8620 gimple_can_remove_branch_p, /* can_remove_branch_p */ 8621 remove_bb, /* delete_basic_block */ 8622 gimple_split_block, /* split_block */ 8623 gimple_move_block_after, /* move_block_after */ 8624 gimple_can_merge_blocks_p, /* can_merge_blocks_p */ 8625 gimple_merge_blocks, /* merge_blocks */ 8626 gimple_predict_edge, /* predict_edge */ 8627 gimple_predicted_by_p, /* predicted_by_p */ 8628 gimple_can_duplicate_bb_p, /* can_duplicate_block_p */ 8629 gimple_duplicate_bb, /* duplicate_block */ 8630 gimple_split_edge, /* split_edge */ 8631 gimple_make_forwarder_block, /* make_forward_block */ 8632 NULL, /* tidy_fallthru_edge */ 8633 NULL, /* force_nonfallthru */ 8634 gimple_block_ends_with_call_p,/* block_ends_with_call_p */ 8635 gimple_block_ends_with_condjump_p, /* block_ends_with_condjump_p */ 8636 gimple_flow_call_edges_add, /* flow_call_edges_add */ 8637 gimple_execute_on_growing_pred, /* execute_on_growing_pred */ 8638 gimple_execute_on_shrinking_pred, /* execute_on_shrinking_pred */ 8639 gimple_duplicate_loop_to_header_edge, /* duplicate loop for trees */ 8640 gimple_lv_add_condition_to_bb, /* lv_add_condition_to_bb */ 8641 gimple_lv_adjust_loop_header_phi, /* lv_adjust_loop_header_phi*/ 8642 extract_true_false_edges_from_block, /* extract_cond_bb_edges */ 8643 flush_pending_stmts, /* flush_pending_stmts */ 8644 gimple_empty_block_p, /* block_empty_p */ 8645 gimple_split_block_before_cond_jump, /* split_block_before_cond_jump */ 8646 gimple_account_profile_record, 8647 }; 8648 8649 8650 /* Split all critical edges. */ 8651 8652 unsigned int 8653 split_critical_edges (void) 8654 { 8655 basic_block bb; 8656 edge e; 8657 edge_iterator ei; 8658 8659 /* split_edge can redirect edges out of SWITCH_EXPRs, which can get 8660 expensive. So we want to enable recording of edge to CASE_LABEL_EXPR 8661 mappings around the calls to split_edge. */ 8662 start_recording_case_labels (); 8663 FOR_ALL_BB_FN (bb, cfun) 8664 { 8665 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 8666 { 8667 if (EDGE_CRITICAL_P (e) && !(e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL)) 8668 split_edge (e); 8669 /* PRE inserts statements to edges and expects that 8670 since split_critical_edges was done beforehand, committing edge 8671 insertions will not split more edges. In addition to critical 8672 edges we must split edges that have multiple successors and 8673 end by control flow statements, such as RESX. 8674 Go ahead and split them too. This matches the logic in 8675 gimple_find_edge_insert_loc. */ 8676 else if ((!single_pred_p (e->dest) 8677 || !gimple_seq_empty_p (phi_nodes (e->dest)) 8678 || e->dest == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)) 8679 && e->src != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun) 8680 && !(e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL)) 8681 { 8682 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi; 8683 8684 gsi = gsi_last_bb (e->src); 8685 if (!gsi_end_p (gsi) 8686 && stmt_ends_bb_p (gsi_stmt (gsi)) 8687 && (gimple_code (gsi_stmt (gsi)) != GIMPLE_RETURN 8688 && !gimple_call_builtin_p (gsi_stmt (gsi), 8689 BUILT_IN_RETURN))) 8690 split_edge (e); 8691 } 8692 } 8693 } 8694 end_recording_case_labels (); 8695 return 0; 8696 } 8697 8698 namespace { 8699 8700 const pass_data pass_data_split_crit_edges = 8701 { 8702 GIMPLE_PASS, /* type */ 8703 "crited", /* name */ 8704 OPTGROUP_NONE, /* optinfo_flags */ 8705 TV_TREE_SPLIT_EDGES, /* tv_id */ 8706 PROP_cfg, /* properties_required */ 8707 PROP_no_crit_edges, /* properties_provided */ 8708 0, /* properties_destroyed */ 8709 0, /* todo_flags_start */ 8710 0, /* todo_flags_finish */ 8711 }; 8712 8713 class pass_split_crit_edges : public gimple_opt_pass 8714 { 8715 public: 8716 pass_split_crit_edges (gcc::context *ctxt) 8717 : gimple_opt_pass (pass_data_split_crit_edges, ctxt) 8718 {} 8719 8720 /* opt_pass methods: */ 8721 virtual unsigned int execute (function *) { return split_critical_edges (); } 8722 8723 opt_pass * clone () { return new pass_split_crit_edges (m_ctxt); } 8724 }; // class pass_split_crit_edges 8725 8726 } // anon namespace 8727 8728 gimple_opt_pass * 8729 make_pass_split_crit_edges (gcc::context *ctxt) 8730 { 8731 return new pass_split_crit_edges (ctxt); 8732 } 8733 8734 8735 /* Insert COND expression which is GIMPLE_COND after STMT 8736 in basic block BB with appropriate basic block split 8737 and creation of a new conditionally executed basic block. 8738 Return created basic block. */ 8739 basic_block 8740 insert_cond_bb (basic_block bb, gimple *stmt, gimple *cond) 8741 { 8742 edge fall = split_block (bb, stmt); 8743 gimple_stmt_iterator iter = gsi_last_bb (bb); 8744 basic_block new_bb; 8745 8746 /* Insert cond statement. */ 8747 gcc_assert (gimple_code (cond) == GIMPLE_COND); 8748 if (gsi_end_p (iter)) 8749 gsi_insert_before (&iter, cond, GSI_CONTINUE_LINKING); 8750 else 8751 gsi_insert_after (&iter, cond, GSI_CONTINUE_LINKING); 8752 8753 /* Create conditionally executed block. */ 8754 new_bb = create_empty_bb (bb); 8755 make_edge (bb, new_bb, EDGE_TRUE_VALUE); 8756 make_single_succ_edge (new_bb, fall->dest, EDGE_FALLTHRU); 8757 8758 /* Fix edge for split bb. */ 8759 fall->flags = EDGE_FALSE_VALUE; 8760 8761 /* Update dominance info. */ 8762 if (dom_info_available_p (CDI_DOMINATORS)) 8763 { 8764 set_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, new_bb, bb); 8765 set_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, fall->dest, bb); 8766 } 8767 8768 /* Update loop info. */ 8769 if (current_loops) 8770 add_bb_to_loop (new_bb, bb->loop_father); 8771 8772 return new_bb; 8773 } 8774 8775 /* Build a ternary operation and gimplify it. Emit code before GSI. 8776 Return the gimple_val holding the result. */ 8777 8778 tree 8779 gimplify_build3 (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, enum tree_code code, 8780 tree type, tree a, tree b, tree c) 8781 { 8782 tree ret; 8783 location_t loc = gimple_location (gsi_stmt (*gsi)); 8784 8785 ret = fold_build3_loc (loc, code, type, a, b, c); 8786 STRIP_NOPS (ret); 8787 8788 return force_gimple_operand_gsi (gsi, ret, true, NULL, true, 8789 GSI_SAME_STMT); 8790 } 8791 8792 /* Build a binary operation and gimplify it. Emit code before GSI. 8793 Return the gimple_val holding the result. */ 8794 8795 tree 8796 gimplify_build2 (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, enum tree_code code, 8797 tree type, tree a, tree b) 8798 { 8799 tree ret; 8800 8801 ret = fold_build2_loc (gimple_location (gsi_stmt (*gsi)), code, type, a, b); 8802 STRIP_NOPS (ret); 8803 8804 return force_gimple_operand_gsi (gsi, ret, true, NULL, true, 8805 GSI_SAME_STMT); 8806 } 8807 8808 /* Build a unary operation and gimplify it. Emit code before GSI. 8809 Return the gimple_val holding the result. */ 8810 8811 tree 8812 gimplify_build1 (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, enum tree_code code, tree type, 8813 tree a) 8814 { 8815 tree ret; 8816 8817 ret = fold_build1_loc (gimple_location (gsi_stmt (*gsi)), code, type, a); 8818 STRIP_NOPS (ret); 8819 8820 return force_gimple_operand_gsi (gsi, ret, true, NULL, true, 8821 GSI_SAME_STMT); 8822 } 8823 8824 8825 8826 /* Given a basic block B which ends with a conditional and has 8827 precisely two successors, determine which of the edges is taken if 8828 the conditional is true and which is taken if the conditional is 8829 false. Set TRUE_EDGE and FALSE_EDGE appropriately. */ 8830 8831 void 8832 extract_true_false_edges_from_block (basic_block b, 8833 edge *true_edge, 8834 edge *false_edge) 8835 { 8836 edge e = EDGE_SUCC (b, 0); 8837 8838 if (e->flags & EDGE_TRUE_VALUE) 8839 { 8840 *true_edge = e; 8841 *false_edge = EDGE_SUCC (b, 1); 8842 } 8843 else 8844 { 8845 *false_edge = e; 8846 *true_edge = EDGE_SUCC (b, 1); 8847 } 8848 } 8849 8850 8851 /* From a controlling predicate in the immediate dominator DOM of 8852 PHIBLOCK determine the edges into PHIBLOCK that are chosen if the 8853 predicate evaluates to true and false and store them to 8854 *TRUE_CONTROLLED_EDGE and *FALSE_CONTROLLED_EDGE if 8855 they are non-NULL. Returns true if the edges can be determined, 8856 else return false. */ 8857 8858 bool 8859 extract_true_false_controlled_edges (basic_block dom, basic_block phiblock, 8860 edge *true_controlled_edge, 8861 edge *false_controlled_edge) 8862 { 8863 basic_block bb = phiblock; 8864 edge true_edge, false_edge, tem; 8865 edge e0 = NULL, e1 = NULL; 8866 8867 /* We have to verify that one edge into the PHI node is dominated 8868 by the true edge of the predicate block and the other edge 8869 dominated by the false edge. This ensures that the PHI argument 8870 we are going to take is completely determined by the path we 8871 take from the predicate block. 8872 We can only use BB dominance checks below if the destination of 8873 the true/false edges are dominated by their edge, thus only 8874 have a single predecessor. */ 8875 extract_true_false_edges_from_block (dom, &true_edge, &false_edge); 8876 tem = EDGE_PRED (bb, 0); 8877 if (tem == true_edge 8878 || (single_pred_p (true_edge->dest) 8879 && (tem->src == true_edge->dest 8880 || dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, 8881 tem->src, true_edge->dest)))) 8882 e0 = tem; 8883 else if (tem == false_edge 8884 || (single_pred_p (false_edge->dest) 8885 && (tem->src == false_edge->dest 8886 || dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, 8887 tem->src, false_edge->dest)))) 8888 e1 = tem; 8889 else 8890 return false; 8891 tem = EDGE_PRED (bb, 1); 8892 if (tem == true_edge 8893 || (single_pred_p (true_edge->dest) 8894 && (tem->src == true_edge->dest 8895 || dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, 8896 tem->src, true_edge->dest)))) 8897 e0 = tem; 8898 else if (tem == false_edge 8899 || (single_pred_p (false_edge->dest) 8900 && (tem->src == false_edge->dest 8901 || dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, 8902 tem->src, false_edge->dest)))) 8903 e1 = tem; 8904 else 8905 return false; 8906 if (!e0 || !e1) 8907 return false; 8908 8909 if (true_controlled_edge) 8910 *true_controlled_edge = e0; 8911 if (false_controlled_edge) 8912 *false_controlled_edge = e1; 8913 8914 return true; 8915 } 8916 8917 8918 8919 /* Emit return warnings. */ 8920 8921 namespace { 8922 8923 const pass_data pass_data_warn_function_return = 8924 { 8925 GIMPLE_PASS, /* type */ 8926 "*warn_function_return", /* name */ 8927 OPTGROUP_NONE, /* optinfo_flags */ 8928 TV_NONE, /* tv_id */ 8929 PROP_cfg, /* properties_required */ 8930 0, /* properties_provided */ 8931 0, /* properties_destroyed */ 8932 0, /* todo_flags_start */ 8933 0, /* todo_flags_finish */ 8934 }; 8935 8936 class pass_warn_function_return : public gimple_opt_pass 8937 { 8938 public: 8939 pass_warn_function_return (gcc::context *ctxt) 8940 : gimple_opt_pass (pass_data_warn_function_return, ctxt) 8941 {} 8942 8943 /* opt_pass methods: */ 8944 virtual unsigned int execute (function *); 8945 8946 }; // class pass_warn_function_return 8947 8948 unsigned int 8949 pass_warn_function_return::execute (function *fun) 8950 { 8951 source_location location; 8952 gimple *last; 8953 edge e; 8954 edge_iterator ei; 8955 8956 if (!targetm.warn_func_return (fun->decl)) 8957 return 0; 8958 8959 /* If we have a path to EXIT, then we do return. */ 8960 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (fun->decl) 8961 && EDGE_COUNT (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->preds) > 0) 8962 { 8963 location = UNKNOWN_LOCATION; 8964 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->preds) 8965 { 8966 last = last_stmt (e->src); 8967 if ((gimple_code (last) == GIMPLE_RETURN 8968 || gimple_call_builtin_p (last, BUILT_IN_RETURN)) 8969 && (location = gimple_location (last)) != UNKNOWN_LOCATION) 8970 break; 8971 } 8972 if (location == UNKNOWN_LOCATION) 8973 location = cfun->function_end_locus; 8974 8975 #ifdef notyet 8976 if (warn_missing_noreturn) 8977 warning_at (location, 0, "%<noreturn%> function does return"); 8978 #endif 8979 } 8980 8981 /* If we see "return;" in some basic block, then we do reach the end 8982 without returning a value. */ 8983 else if (warn_return_type 8984 && !TREE_NO_WARNING (fun->decl) 8985 && !VOID_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fun->decl)))) 8986 { 8987 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->preds) 8988 { 8989 gimple *last = last_stmt (e->src); 8990 greturn *return_stmt = dyn_cast <greturn *> (last); 8991 if (return_stmt 8992 && gimple_return_retval (return_stmt) == NULL 8993 && !gimple_no_warning_p (last)) 8994 { 8995 location = gimple_location (last); 8996 if (location == UNKNOWN_LOCATION) 8997 location = fun->function_end_locus; 8998 warning_at (location, OPT_Wreturn_type, 8999 "control reaches end of non-void function"); 9000 TREE_NO_WARNING (fun->decl) = 1; 9001 break; 9002 } 9003 } 9004 /* -fsanitize=return turns fallthrough from the end of non-void function 9005 into __builtin___ubsan_handle_missing_return () call. 9006 Recognize those too. */ 9007 basic_block bb; 9008 if (!TREE_NO_WARNING (fun->decl) && (flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_RETURN)) 9009 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, fun) 9010 if (EDGE_COUNT (bb->succs) == 0) 9011 { 9012 gimple *last = last_stmt (bb); 9013 const enum built_in_function ubsan_missing_ret 9014 = BUILT_IN_UBSAN_HANDLE_MISSING_RETURN; 9015 if (last && gimple_call_builtin_p (last, ubsan_missing_ret)) 9016 { 9017 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_for_stmt (last); 9018 gsi_prev_nondebug (&gsi); 9019 gimple *prev = gsi_stmt (gsi); 9020 if (prev == NULL) 9021 location = UNKNOWN_LOCATION; 9022 else 9023 location = gimple_location (prev); 9024 if (LOCATION_LOCUS (location) == UNKNOWN_LOCATION) 9025 location = fun->function_end_locus; 9026 warning_at (location, OPT_Wreturn_type, 9027 "control reaches end of non-void function"); 9028 TREE_NO_WARNING (fun->decl) = 1; 9029 break; 9030 } 9031 } 9032 } 9033 return 0; 9034 } 9035 9036 } // anon namespace 9037 9038 gimple_opt_pass * 9039 make_pass_warn_function_return (gcc::context *ctxt) 9040 { 9041 return new pass_warn_function_return (ctxt); 9042 } 9043 9044 /* Walk a gimplified function and warn for functions whose return value is 9045 ignored and attribute((warn_unused_result)) is set. This is done before 9046 inlining, so we don't have to worry about that. */ 9047 9048 static void 9049 do_warn_unused_result (gimple_seq seq) 9050 { 9051 tree fdecl, ftype; 9052 gimple_stmt_iterator i; 9053 9054 for (i = gsi_start (seq); !gsi_end_p (i); gsi_next (&i)) 9055 { 9056 gimple *g = gsi_stmt (i); 9057 9058 switch (gimple_code (g)) 9059 { 9060 case GIMPLE_BIND: 9061 do_warn_unused_result (gimple_bind_body (as_a <gbind *>(g))); 9062 break; 9063 case GIMPLE_TRY: 9064 do_warn_unused_result (gimple_try_eval (g)); 9065 do_warn_unused_result (gimple_try_cleanup (g)); 9066 break; 9067 case GIMPLE_CATCH: 9068 do_warn_unused_result (gimple_catch_handler ( 9069 as_a <gcatch *> (g))); 9070 break; 9071 case GIMPLE_EH_FILTER: 9072 do_warn_unused_result (gimple_eh_filter_failure (g)); 9073 break; 9074 9075 case GIMPLE_CALL: 9076 if (gimple_call_lhs (g)) 9077 break; 9078 if (gimple_call_internal_p (g)) 9079 break; 9080 9081 /* This is a naked call, as opposed to a GIMPLE_CALL with an 9082 LHS. All calls whose value is ignored should be 9083 represented like this. Look for the attribute. */ 9084 fdecl = gimple_call_fndecl (g); 9085 ftype = gimple_call_fntype (g); 9086 9087 if (lookup_attribute ("warn_unused_result", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (ftype))) 9088 { 9089 location_t loc = gimple_location (g); 9090 9091 if (fdecl) 9092 warning_at (loc, OPT_Wunused_result, 9093 "ignoring return value of %qD, " 9094 "declared with attribute warn_unused_result", 9095 fdecl); 9096 else 9097 warning_at (loc, OPT_Wunused_result, 9098 "ignoring return value of function " 9099 "declared with attribute warn_unused_result"); 9100 } 9101 break; 9102 9103 default: 9104 /* Not a container, not a call, or a call whose value is used. */ 9105 break; 9106 } 9107 } 9108 } 9109 9110 namespace { 9111 9112 const pass_data pass_data_warn_unused_result = 9113 { 9114 GIMPLE_PASS, /* type */ 9115 "*warn_unused_result", /* name */ 9116 OPTGROUP_NONE, /* optinfo_flags */ 9117 TV_NONE, /* tv_id */ 9118 PROP_gimple_any, /* properties_required */ 9119 0, /* properties_provided */ 9120 0, /* properties_destroyed */ 9121 0, /* todo_flags_start */ 9122 0, /* todo_flags_finish */ 9123 }; 9124 9125 class pass_warn_unused_result : public gimple_opt_pass 9126 { 9127 public: 9128 pass_warn_unused_result (gcc::context *ctxt) 9129 : gimple_opt_pass (pass_data_warn_unused_result, ctxt) 9130 {} 9131 9132 /* opt_pass methods: */ 9133 virtual bool gate (function *) { return flag_warn_unused_result; } 9134 virtual unsigned int execute (function *) 9135 { 9136 do_warn_unused_result (gimple_body (current_function_decl)); 9137 return 0; 9138 } 9139 9140 }; // class pass_warn_unused_result 9141 9142 } // anon namespace 9143 9144 gimple_opt_pass * 9145 make_pass_warn_unused_result (gcc::context *ctxt) 9146 { 9147 return new pass_warn_unused_result (ctxt); 9148 } 9149 9150 /* IPA passes, compilation of earlier functions or inlining 9151 might have changed some properties, such as marked functions nothrow, 9152 pure, const or noreturn. 9153 Remove redundant edges and basic blocks, and create new ones if necessary. 9154 9155 This pass can't be executed as stand alone pass from pass manager, because 9156 in between inlining and this fixup the verify_flow_info would fail. */ 9157 9158 unsigned int 9159 execute_fixup_cfg (void) 9160 { 9161 basic_block bb; 9162 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi; 9163 int todo = 0; 9164 gcov_type count_scale; 9165 edge e; 9166 edge_iterator ei; 9167 cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (current_function_decl); 9168 9169 count_scale 9170 = GCOV_COMPUTE_SCALE (node->count, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->count); 9171 9172 ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->count = node->count; 9173 EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->count 9174 = apply_scale (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->count, count_scale); 9175 9176 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->succs) 9177 e->count = apply_scale (e->count, count_scale); 9178 9179 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun) 9180 { 9181 bb->count = apply_scale (bb->count, count_scale); 9182 for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi);) 9183 { 9184 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi); 9185 tree decl = is_gimple_call (stmt) 9186 ? gimple_call_fndecl (stmt) 9187 : NULL; 9188 if (decl) 9189 { 9190 int flags = gimple_call_flags (stmt); 9191 if (flags & (ECF_CONST | ECF_PURE | ECF_LOOPING_CONST_OR_PURE)) 9192 { 9193 if (gimple_purge_dead_abnormal_call_edges (bb)) 9194 todo |= TODO_cleanup_cfg; 9195 9196 if (gimple_in_ssa_p (cfun)) 9197 { 9198 todo |= TODO_update_ssa | TODO_cleanup_cfg; 9199 update_stmt (stmt); 9200 } 9201 } 9202 9203 if (flags & ECF_NORETURN 9204 && fixup_noreturn_call (stmt)) 9205 todo |= TODO_cleanup_cfg; 9206 } 9207 9208 /* Remove stores to variables we marked write-only. 9209 Keep access when store has side effect, i.e. in case when source 9210 is volatile. */ 9211 if (gimple_store_p (stmt) 9212 && !gimple_has_side_effects (stmt)) 9213 { 9214 tree lhs = get_base_address (gimple_get_lhs (stmt)); 9215 9216 if (VAR_P (lhs) 9217 && (TREE_STATIC (lhs) || DECL_EXTERNAL (lhs)) 9218 && varpool_node::get (lhs)->writeonly) 9219 { 9220 unlink_stmt_vdef (stmt); 9221 gsi_remove (&gsi, true); 9222 release_defs (stmt); 9223 todo |= TODO_update_ssa | TODO_cleanup_cfg; 9224 continue; 9225 } 9226 } 9227 /* For calls we can simply remove LHS when it is known 9228 to be write-only. */ 9229 if (is_gimple_call (stmt) 9230 && gimple_get_lhs (stmt)) 9231 { 9232 tree lhs = get_base_address (gimple_get_lhs (stmt)); 9233 9234 if (VAR_P (lhs) 9235 && (TREE_STATIC (lhs) || DECL_EXTERNAL (lhs)) 9236 && varpool_node::get (lhs)->writeonly) 9237 { 9238 gimple_call_set_lhs (stmt, NULL); 9239 update_stmt (stmt); 9240 todo |= TODO_update_ssa | TODO_cleanup_cfg; 9241 } 9242 } 9243 9244 if (maybe_clean_eh_stmt (stmt) 9245 && gimple_purge_dead_eh_edges (bb)) 9246 todo |= TODO_cleanup_cfg; 9247 gsi_next (&gsi); 9248 } 9249 9250 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs) 9251 e->count = apply_scale (e->count, count_scale); 9252 9253 /* If we have a basic block with no successors that does not 9254 end with a control statement or a noreturn call end it with 9255 a call to __builtin_unreachable. This situation can occur 9256 when inlining a noreturn call that does in fact return. */ 9257 if (EDGE_COUNT (bb->succs) == 0) 9258 { 9259 gimple *stmt = last_stmt (bb); 9260 if (!stmt 9261 || (!is_ctrl_stmt (stmt) 9262 && (!is_gimple_call (stmt) 9263 || !gimple_call_noreturn_p (stmt)))) 9264 { 9265 if (stmt && is_gimple_call (stmt)) 9266 gimple_call_set_ctrl_altering (stmt, false); 9267 tree fndecl = builtin_decl_implicit (BUILT_IN_UNREACHABLE); 9268 stmt = gimple_build_call (fndecl, 0); 9269 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_last_bb (bb); 9270 gsi_insert_after (&gsi, stmt, GSI_NEW_STMT); 9271 if (!cfun->after_inlining) 9272 { 9273 gcall *call_stmt = dyn_cast <gcall *> (stmt); 9274 int freq 9275 = compute_call_stmt_bb_frequency (current_function_decl, 9276 bb); 9277 node->create_edge (cgraph_node::get_create (fndecl), 9278 call_stmt, bb->count, freq); 9279 } 9280 } 9281 } 9282 } 9283 if (count_scale != REG_BR_PROB_BASE) 9284 compute_function_frequency (); 9285 9286 if (current_loops 9287 && (todo & TODO_cleanup_cfg)) 9288 loops_state_set (LOOPS_NEED_FIXUP); 9289 9290 return todo; 9291 } 9292 9293 namespace { 9294 9295 const pass_data pass_data_fixup_cfg = 9296 { 9297 GIMPLE_PASS, /* type */ 9298 "fixup_cfg", /* name */ 9299 OPTGROUP_NONE, /* optinfo_flags */ 9300 TV_NONE, /* tv_id */ 9301 PROP_cfg, /* properties_required */ 9302 0, /* properties_provided */ 9303 0, /* properties_destroyed */ 9304 0, /* todo_flags_start */ 9305 0, /* todo_flags_finish */ 9306 }; 9307 9308 class pass_fixup_cfg : public gimple_opt_pass 9309 { 9310 public: 9311 pass_fixup_cfg (gcc::context *ctxt) 9312 : gimple_opt_pass (pass_data_fixup_cfg, ctxt) 9313 {} 9314 9315 /* opt_pass methods: */ 9316 opt_pass * clone () { return new pass_fixup_cfg (m_ctxt); } 9317 virtual unsigned int execute (function *) { return execute_fixup_cfg (); } 9318 9319 }; // class pass_fixup_cfg 9320 9321 } // anon namespace 9322 9323 gimple_opt_pass * 9324 make_pass_fixup_cfg (gcc::context *ctxt) 9325 { 9326 return new pass_fixup_cfg (ctxt); 9327 } 9328 9329 /* Garbage collection support for edge_def. */ 9330 9331 extern void gt_ggc_mx (tree&); 9332 extern void gt_ggc_mx (gimple *&); 9333 extern void gt_ggc_mx (rtx&); 9334 extern void gt_ggc_mx (basic_block&); 9335 9336 static void 9337 gt_ggc_mx (rtx_insn *& x) 9338 { 9339 if (x) 9340 gt_ggc_mx_rtx_def ((void *) x); 9341 } 9342 9343 void 9344 gt_ggc_mx (edge_def *e) 9345 { 9346 tree block = LOCATION_BLOCK (e->goto_locus); 9347 gt_ggc_mx (e->src); 9348 gt_ggc_mx (e->dest); 9349 if (current_ir_type () == IR_GIMPLE) 9350 gt_ggc_mx (e->insns.g); 9351 else 9352 gt_ggc_mx (e->insns.r); 9353 gt_ggc_mx (block); 9354 } 9355 9356 /* PCH support for edge_def. */ 9357 9358 extern void gt_pch_nx (tree&); 9359 extern void gt_pch_nx (gimple *&); 9360 extern void gt_pch_nx (rtx&); 9361 extern void gt_pch_nx (basic_block&); 9362 9363 static void 9364 gt_pch_nx (rtx_insn *& x) 9365 { 9366 if (x) 9367 gt_pch_nx_rtx_def ((void *) x); 9368 } 9369 9370 void 9371 gt_pch_nx (edge_def *e) 9372 { 9373 tree block = LOCATION_BLOCK (e->goto_locus); 9374 gt_pch_nx (e->src); 9375 gt_pch_nx (e->dest); 9376 if (current_ir_type () == IR_GIMPLE) 9377 gt_pch_nx (e->insns.g); 9378 else 9379 gt_pch_nx (e->insns.r); 9380 gt_pch_nx (block); 9381 } 9382 9383 void 9384 gt_pch_nx (edge_def *e, gt_pointer_operator op, void *cookie) 9385 { 9386 tree block = LOCATION_BLOCK (e->goto_locus); 9387 op (&(e->src), cookie); 9388 op (&(e->dest), cookie); 9389 if (current_ir_type () == IR_GIMPLE) 9390 op (&(e->insns.g), cookie); 9391 else 9392 op (&(e->insns.r), cookie); 9393 op (&(block), cookie); 9394 } 9395 9396 #if CHECKING_P 9397 9398 namespace selftest { 9399 9400 /* Helper function for CFG selftests: create a dummy function decl 9401 and push it as cfun. */ 9402 9403 static tree 9404 push_fndecl (const char *name) 9405 { 9406 tree fn_type = build_function_type_array (integer_type_node, 0, NULL); 9407 /* FIXME: this uses input_location: */ 9408 tree fndecl = build_fn_decl (name, fn_type); 9409 tree retval = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, RESULT_DECL, 9410 NULL_TREE, integer_type_node); 9411 DECL_RESULT (fndecl) = retval; 9412 push_struct_function (fndecl); 9413 function *fun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (fndecl); 9414 ASSERT_TRUE (fun != NULL); 9415 init_empty_tree_cfg_for_function (fun); 9416 ASSERT_EQ (2, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (fun)); 9417 ASSERT_EQ (0, n_edges_for_fn (fun)); 9418 return fndecl; 9419 } 9420 9421 /* These tests directly create CFGs. 9422 Compare with the static fns within tree-cfg.c: 9423 - build_gimple_cfg 9424 - make_blocks: calls create_basic_block (seq, bb); 9425 - make_edges. */ 9426 9427 /* Verify a simple cfg of the form: 9428 ENTRY -> A -> B -> C -> EXIT. */ 9429 9430 static void 9431 test_linear_chain () 9432 { 9433 gimple_register_cfg_hooks (); 9434 9435 tree fndecl = push_fndecl ("cfg_test_linear_chain"); 9436 function *fun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (fndecl); 9437 9438 /* Create some empty blocks. */ 9439 basic_block bb_a = create_empty_bb (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)); 9440 basic_block bb_b = create_empty_bb (bb_a); 9441 basic_block bb_c = create_empty_bb (bb_b); 9442 9443 ASSERT_EQ (5, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (fun)); 9444 ASSERT_EQ (0, n_edges_for_fn (fun)); 9445 9446 /* Create some edges: a simple linear chain of BBs. */ 9447 make_edge (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), bb_a, EDGE_FALLTHRU); 9448 make_edge (bb_a, bb_b, 0); 9449 make_edge (bb_b, bb_c, 0); 9450 make_edge (bb_c, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), 0); 9451 9452 /* Verify the edges. */ 9453 ASSERT_EQ (4, n_edges_for_fn (fun)); 9454 ASSERT_EQ (NULL, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->preds); 9455 ASSERT_EQ (1, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->succs->length ()); 9456 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_a->preds->length ()); 9457 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_a->succs->length ()); 9458 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_b->preds->length ()); 9459 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_b->succs->length ()); 9460 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_c->preds->length ()); 9461 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_c->succs->length ()); 9462 ASSERT_EQ (1, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->preds->length ()); 9463 ASSERT_EQ (NULL, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->succs); 9464 9465 /* Verify the dominance information 9466 Each BB in our simple chain should be dominated by the one before 9467 it. */ 9468 calculate_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS); 9469 ASSERT_EQ (bb_a, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_b)); 9470 ASSERT_EQ (bb_b, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_c)); 9471 vec<basic_block> dom_by_b = get_dominated_by (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_b); 9472 ASSERT_EQ (1, dom_by_b.length ()); 9473 ASSERT_EQ (bb_c, dom_by_b[0]); 9474 free_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS); 9475 dom_by_b.release (); 9476 9477 /* Similarly for post-dominance: each BB in our chain is post-dominated 9478 by the one after it. */ 9479 calculate_dominance_info (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS); 9480 ASSERT_EQ (bb_b, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_a)); 9481 ASSERT_EQ (bb_c, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_b)); 9482 vec<basic_block> postdom_by_b = get_dominated_by (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_b); 9483 ASSERT_EQ (1, postdom_by_b.length ()); 9484 ASSERT_EQ (bb_a, postdom_by_b[0]); 9485 free_dominance_info (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS); 9486 postdom_by_b.release (); 9487 9488 pop_cfun (); 9489 } 9490 9491 /* Verify a simple CFG of the form: 9492 ENTRY 9493 | 9494 A 9495 / \ 9496 /t \f 9497 B C 9498 \ / 9499 \ / 9500 D 9501 | 9502 EXIT. */ 9503 9504 static void 9505 test_diamond () 9506 { 9507 gimple_register_cfg_hooks (); 9508 9509 tree fndecl = push_fndecl ("cfg_test_diamond"); 9510 function *fun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (fndecl); 9511 9512 /* Create some empty blocks. */ 9513 basic_block bb_a = create_empty_bb (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)); 9514 basic_block bb_b = create_empty_bb (bb_a); 9515 basic_block bb_c = create_empty_bb (bb_a); 9516 basic_block bb_d = create_empty_bb (bb_b); 9517 9518 ASSERT_EQ (6, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (fun)); 9519 ASSERT_EQ (0, n_edges_for_fn (fun)); 9520 9521 /* Create the edges. */ 9522 make_edge (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), bb_a, EDGE_FALLTHRU); 9523 make_edge (bb_a, bb_b, EDGE_TRUE_VALUE); 9524 make_edge (bb_a, bb_c, EDGE_FALSE_VALUE); 9525 make_edge (bb_b, bb_d, 0); 9526 make_edge (bb_c, bb_d, 0); 9527 make_edge (bb_d, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), 0); 9528 9529 /* Verify the edges. */ 9530 ASSERT_EQ (6, n_edges_for_fn (fun)); 9531 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_a->preds->length ()); 9532 ASSERT_EQ (2, bb_a->succs->length ()); 9533 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_b->preds->length ()); 9534 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_b->succs->length ()); 9535 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_c->preds->length ()); 9536 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_c->succs->length ()); 9537 ASSERT_EQ (2, bb_d->preds->length ()); 9538 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_d->succs->length ()); 9539 9540 /* Verify the dominance information. */ 9541 calculate_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS); 9542 ASSERT_EQ (bb_a, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_b)); 9543 ASSERT_EQ (bb_a, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_c)); 9544 ASSERT_EQ (bb_a, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_d)); 9545 vec<basic_block> dom_by_a = get_dominated_by (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_a); 9546 ASSERT_EQ (3, dom_by_a.length ()); /* B, C, D, in some order. */ 9547 dom_by_a.release (); 9548 vec<basic_block> dom_by_b = get_dominated_by (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_b); 9549 ASSERT_EQ (0, dom_by_b.length ()); 9550 dom_by_b.release (); 9551 free_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS); 9552 9553 /* Similarly for post-dominance. */ 9554 calculate_dominance_info (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS); 9555 ASSERT_EQ (bb_d, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_a)); 9556 ASSERT_EQ (bb_d, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_b)); 9557 ASSERT_EQ (bb_d, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_c)); 9558 vec<basic_block> postdom_by_d = get_dominated_by (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_d); 9559 ASSERT_EQ (3, postdom_by_d.length ()); /* A, B, C in some order. */ 9560 postdom_by_d.release (); 9561 vec<basic_block> postdom_by_b = get_dominated_by (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_b); 9562 ASSERT_EQ (0, postdom_by_b.length ()); 9563 postdom_by_b.release (); 9564 free_dominance_info (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS); 9565 9566 pop_cfun (); 9567 } 9568 9569 /* Verify that we can handle a CFG containing a "complete" aka 9570 fully-connected subgraph (where A B C D below all have edges 9571 pointing to each other node, also to themselves). 9572 e.g.: 9573 ENTRY EXIT 9574 | ^ 9575 | / 9576 | / 9577 | / 9578 V/ 9579 A<--->B 9580 ^^ ^^ 9581 | \ / | 9582 | X | 9583 | / \ | 9584 VV VV 9585 C<--->D 9586 */ 9587 9588 static void 9589 test_fully_connected () 9590 { 9591 gimple_register_cfg_hooks (); 9592 9593 tree fndecl = push_fndecl ("cfg_fully_connected"); 9594 function *fun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (fndecl); 9595 9596 const int n = 4; 9597 9598 /* Create some empty blocks. */ 9599 auto_vec <basic_block> subgraph_nodes; 9600 for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) 9601 subgraph_nodes.safe_push (create_empty_bb (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun))); 9602 9603 ASSERT_EQ (n + 2, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (fun)); 9604 ASSERT_EQ (0, n_edges_for_fn (fun)); 9605 9606 /* Create the edges. */ 9607 make_edge (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), subgraph_nodes[0], EDGE_FALLTHRU); 9608 make_edge (subgraph_nodes[0], EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), 0); 9609 for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) 9610 for (int j = 0; j < n; j++) 9611 make_edge (subgraph_nodes[i], subgraph_nodes[j], 0); 9612 9613 /* Verify the edges. */ 9614 ASSERT_EQ (2 + (n * n), n_edges_for_fn (fun)); 9615 /* The first one is linked to ENTRY/EXIT as well as itself and 9616 everything else. */ 9617 ASSERT_EQ (n + 1, subgraph_nodes[0]->preds->length ()); 9618 ASSERT_EQ (n + 1, subgraph_nodes[0]->succs->length ()); 9619 /* The other ones in the subgraph are linked to everything in 9620 the subgraph (including themselves). */ 9621 for (int i = 1; i < n; i++) 9622 { 9623 ASSERT_EQ (n, subgraph_nodes[i]->preds->length ()); 9624 ASSERT_EQ (n, subgraph_nodes[i]->succs->length ()); 9625 } 9626 9627 /* Verify the dominance information. */ 9628 calculate_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS); 9629 /* The initial block in the subgraph should be dominated by ENTRY. */ 9630 ASSERT_EQ (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), 9631 get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, 9632 subgraph_nodes[0])); 9633 /* Every other block in the subgraph should be dominated by the 9634 initial block. */ 9635 for (int i = 1; i < n; i++) 9636 ASSERT_EQ (subgraph_nodes[0], 9637 get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, 9638 subgraph_nodes[i])); 9639 free_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS); 9640 9641 /* Similarly for post-dominance. */ 9642 calculate_dominance_info (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS); 9643 /* The initial block in the subgraph should be postdominated by EXIT. */ 9644 ASSERT_EQ (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), 9645 get_immediate_dominator (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, 9646 subgraph_nodes[0])); 9647 /* Every other block in the subgraph should be postdominated by the 9648 initial block, since that leads to EXIT. */ 9649 for (int i = 1; i < n; i++) 9650 ASSERT_EQ (subgraph_nodes[0], 9651 get_immediate_dominator (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, 9652 subgraph_nodes[i])); 9653 free_dominance_info (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS); 9654 9655 pop_cfun (); 9656 } 9657 9658 /* Run all of the selftests within this file. */ 9659 9660 void 9661 tree_cfg_c_tests () 9662 { 9663 test_linear_chain (); 9664 test_diamond (); 9665 test_fully_connected (); 9666 } 9667 9668 } // namespace selftest 9669 9670 /* TODO: test the dominator/postdominator logic with various graphs/nodes: 9671 - loop 9672 - nested loops 9673 - switch statement (a block with many out-edges) 9674 - something that jumps to itself 9675 - etc */ 9676 9677 #endif /* CHECKING_P */ 9678